





■ 

MWBtapH 









WMfcW* 



MS 



MOTPro- 
■nil 




BHK Hoi 



TC 














BBmRDP 






H 



Hi Effifc ESSE g^'HwiW 



n 



' 



ftJtl 






' ■BBBHI^BHi 



LVjcr:' 



HI 



B 



»aa 



±±mi 



Hfc'PMil 



■nflHiS8S59l 




Class 
Book. 



PRESENTED BY 



ELEMENTARY 



TABULAE SYSTEM 



OP 



INSTRUCTION IN FRENCH, 



COMPRISING THE FOLLOWING SUBJECTS, TO BE STUDIED IN CONNECTION WITH THE 
GRAMMAR TEXT-BOOK, VIZ.: 



TABLES. 

No. 1. Tho Definite Article. 

2. The Indefinite Article. 

3. The Partitive Article. 

4. The Demonstrative pron. Conjunctive. 

5. The Demonstrative pron. Disjunctive. 

6. The Demonstratives Celwi qui and que. 

7. Interrogative pronoun with noun. 

8. Int adj. pron. referring to last noun. 

9. Possessive pron. Conjunctive. 

10. Possessive pron. Disjunctive. 

11. Verbs, Scheme of Derivation. 

12. Personal pron. Nom. and Objective. 



TABLES. 

No. 13. Place and order of Objective pronouns. 

14. Adverbs of Quantity. 

15. Conjunctions req. Subjunctive. 

16. Supplying words in answer. 

17. Pronunciation of Numeral adj. 

18. Use of Y avoir. 

19. Ileflected Verbs and use of Past tense. 

20. Difference between English and French 

prepositions. 

21. Use of Subjunctive. 

22. Course of Idioms. 



THE WHOLE DEVISED, AND ARRANGED IN PRACTICAL FORM, FOR THE USE OF 
THE CADETS OF THE U. S. MILITARY ACADEMY 









BY H. B. AGJ5TEL, 



Professor of French. 



A. S. BARNES AND COMPANY, 

NEW YORK AND CHICAGO. 

1874. 






FRENCH AND GERMAN. 



IMPORTANT PUBLICATIONS BY A. S. BARKS & CO. 

PUJOL'S COMPLETE FRENCH CLASS-BOOK; 
or, "French in One Volume" ; embracing Grammar, Con- 
versation, Literature, with Commercial Correspondence and 
an adequate Dictionary. By Louis Pujol, A. M., of the 
University of France. 

MAURICE-POITEVIN'S GRAMMAIRE FRAN- 
CAISE: Cours Theorique et Pratique, adopte en France, 
par le Conseil de l'lnstruction Publique. Par M. Poitevin. 
(In the Vernacular.) Adapted to American students by Prof. 
M. B. Maurice, of the U. S. Naval Academy. 

WORMAN'S FRENCH ECHO and WORMAN'S 
GERMAN ECHO; or, Dialogues to teach Conversa- 
tion, on a plan which leads the learner to think in the lan- 
guage he speaks, instead of translating his thoughts— a 
common fault of students. By James H. Worman, A. M., of 
Drew Theological Seminary. 

WORMAN'S GERMAN GRAMMAR. With Exer- 
cises, Readings, Conversations, Paradigms, and an adequate 
Vocabulary. This is the most systematic, ingenious, and 
scholarly presentation of the language found in any of our 
modern text-books. 

WORMAN'S GERMAN READER. New selections 
from Goethe, Schiller, Korner, Seume, Uhland, Freiligrath, 
Heine, Schlegel, Holty, Lenau, Wieland, Herder, Lessing, 
Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Winkelmann, Humboldt, Ranke, 
Raumer, Menzel, Gervinus, &c, and contains complete, 
Goethe's " Iphigenie," Schiller's '* Jungfrau " ; also, for 
instruction in modern conversational German, Benedix's 
" Eigensinn." 

WORMAN'S GERMAN COPY-BOOKS. For in- 
struction and practice in penmanship. 



The Publishers' Descriptive Catalogue, with fuller details^ 
prices, etc., will be mailed to any applicant enclosing a stamp. 

\, S, BARNES & COMPANY, NEW YORK. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1862, 

BY H. R. AGNEL, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the 

Southern District of New York. 



TABULAR SYSTEM 



TABLE I. 
The Definite Article. 





MASCULINE 
SINGULAR. 


FEMININE 
6INGULAK. 


COMMON TO 

EITHER GENDER. 

SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


The. 

Of or from the. 

To or at the. 


le. 
du. 
au. 


la. 

de la. 
d la. 


V. 

deV. 

dV. 


Us. 

des. 

aux. 


Prepositions. 

5 I* 


Used 
before nouns 
masculine be- 
ginning with a 
consonant. 


Used 
before nouns 
feminine begin- 
ning with a 
consonant. 


Used 
before nouns of 
either gender 
beginning with 
a vowel or h 
mute. 


Used 
before all nouns 
plural. 



APPLICATION". 
Combined with plural of nouns and the auxiliary verb avoir. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Have you the master's book? I have not the master's book. 

Have I given the house and garden to You have given the garden to the wo- 



the man or the woman ? 
Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? 

Have the generals seen the arsenals? 
"Will the children have the gloves? 



man and the house to the man. 

He has sent the cabbages to the boats, 
and the boats to the canals. 

The generals have not seen the arsenals, 
but the admirals have seen the light- 
houses. 

They will not have the gloves, they will 
have the coats. 

Have you not given the jewels to the I have given the jewels to the lady of 
marshal ? the house. 

Have you spoken from the window ? I have not spoken from the window, I 

have spoken from the balcony. 

"Was he at the bank or at the wharf? He was not at the bank, he was at the 

wharf. 



6 TABULAE SYSTEM. 

MODE OF RECITATION. 

For the purposes of recitation upon tables, the pupil is sent to the blackboard 
with slips in the following form : 



TABLE I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 


No. 1. 




MASCULINE 


FEMININE. 


COMMON. 


PMTBAL. 


Verb avoir. 

Indicative 

Present. 

Simple and 

compound. 


The. 

Of or- from the. 

To or at the. 










APPLICATION. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Have you the master's book ? I have not the master's book. 
Have I given the house and garden to Tou have given the garden to the 
the man or to the woman ? woman and $he house to the man. 

Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? He has sent the cabbages to the boats, 

and the boats to the canals. 



These he transcribes, filling up the blanks with the correct French renderings, 
translating the practical examples in accordance with the principles developed in 
the table, and explaining these principles when called upon to recite. The same 
method is followed for each succeeding table. 

The following diagram exhibits the board as fille'd up by the pupil: 



TABLE I. 


THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 






MASCULINE, 


FEMININE. 


COMMON. 


PLITEAU 


The. 


le. 


la. 




V. 


les. 


Of or from the. 


du. 


de la. 




deV. 


des. 


To or at the. 


au. 


a la. 




dT. 


aux. 


Q. Avez-vous le liv 


Al 
re du maitre ? 


^PLICATION. 

A. Je n'aipas le livre du maitre. 


Q. Ai-je donne la 
Vhcmm* r-u a la 


inaison et le jar 
femme ? 


din d A. Vous avez donne le jar din d la femme 
et la maison a Vhomme. 


Q. A-t-il envoye 1&. 


* choux aux batet 


mx ? A. Ha envoye les choux aux bateaux, et 
Us bateaux awx canaux. 


IND. PE 


. SIMPLE. 


•Avoir, 


COMPOUND. 


JPai. 
tu as. 
il a. 
elk a. 
on a. 


nous avons. 
vous avez. 
ils ont. 
elles ont. 


J*ai eu. 
tu as eu. 
il a eu. 
elle a eu. 
on a eu. 


nous avons eu. 
vous avez eu. 
ils ont eu. 
elles ont eu. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 







VOCABULARY. 




Master, 


mattre. 


Arsenal, 


arsenal, m. 


Bank, banque, f. 


Book, 


livre, m. 


Lighthouse, 


fanal, m. 


"Wharf, quai, m. 


House, 


maison, f. 


Child, 


enfant, m. 


Sent, envoye. 


Garden, 


jardin, m. 


Glove, 


gant. 


Seen, vu. 


Man, 


Tiomme. 


Coat, 


habit, m. 


Given, donnL 


"Woman, 


femme. 


Jewel, 


bijou, m. 


Spoken, parte. 


Cabbage, 


cJiou, m. 


Marshal, 


marechal. 


Or, ou. 


Boat, 


bateau, m. 


Lady, 


dame. 


And, et 


Canal, 


canal, m. 


"Window, 


fenetre, f. 


But, mats. 


General, 


general 


Balcony, 


bakon, m. 





TABLE II. 
The Indefinite Article. 



# 





MASCTTLINE. 


FEMININE. 


PRONUNCIATION. 


A or an. 


un. 


une. 


un Ivore. 


Of or from a. 


d'un. 


cTune. 


un ouvrage. 


To or at a. 


d un. 


dune. 


une maison, 
une histoire. 



APPLICATION. 
Combined with the verb avoir. 

QUESTIONS. 

Have I a handkerchief? 

Hast thou a house? 

Has he a friend? 

Has she a card? 

Have we a carpet? 

Have they an admiral? 

Had I spoken of a palace? 

Hadst thou spoken from a window ? 

Had he spoken to a foreigner ? 



Had we not given a table to a lady? 

Have you read a novel? 

Had they sent a horse to the house ? 



ANSWERS. 

You have a handkerchief. 

I have a house. 

He has a friend. 

She has a card. 

You have a carpet. 

They have an admiral. 

You had spoken of a palace. 

I had spoken from a balcony. 

He had not spoken to a foreigner, ho 
had spoken to a friend. 

You had given a table to a gentleman. 

I have read a novel. 

They had sent a horse to the stable 



"Would you have a house and a garden? "We should have a house, a garden and a 

horse. 
Have you throvro a stone at a cat or at From a window I ha?: thrown a stono 
i a dog? at a cat. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Handkerchief, mouchoir, m. 

Friend, ami, m. 

Card, carte, £ 

Carpet, tapis, m. 

Admiral, amiral. 



VOCABULARY. 

Palace, palais, m. 

Foreigner, Stranger, m. 
Table, table, f. 

Gentleman, monsieur. 
Novel, • roman, m. 



Horse, cheval. 
Stable, ecurie, f. 
Cat, chat, m. 
Dog, chien. 
Thrown, jete. 



TABLE III. 
The Partitive Article. 





MASCTJXINB 

8LNGULAB. 


FEMININE 
SINGULAR. 


COMMON TO 

EITHER GENDEB. 

6INGUXAB. 


PLTTEAL. 


Some or any. 
Of or from some. 
To or at some. 


du. 
de. 
d du. 


de la. 

de. 

d de la. 


deV. 

d\ 

ddeV. 


des. 
de. 
d des. 



I have some bread. 
He has some beer. 
You have some water. 
They have some apples. 



APPLICATION. 

QUESTIONS. 

Have you any bread ? 
Has he any beer ? 
Have we any water? 
Have they any apples ? 
I speak of some bread. 
"We speak of some beer. 
You speak of some water. 
They speak of some apples. 

Have you added some gold to some cop- No, sir, I have added some silver to 
per ? some lead. 

Has he added some water to some beer ? Yes, sir, he has added some water to 

some beer. 

Have they added some wine to some They have added wine to water. 
water ? 

Has she spoken to some men ? She has spoken to some men and women. 

N. Some or any, when preceding an adjective, or in a sentence purely negative, 
must be rendered by de, and some or any when understood in English, must be 
expressed in French. 

EXAMPLES. 
Have you any good wine ? I have not any good wine, or, I have no 

good wine. 

Have you good or bad water? I have good water, I never have bad 

water. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



9 



Will you have good books to-day? 
Has he any bread ? 



I shall have no good books to-day, I shall 
have good books to-morrow. 

He has no bread, he has wine and meat 







VOCABULAEY. 


Bread, 


pain, m. 


Copper, 


cuivre, m. 


Beer, 


Mere, f. 


Silver, 


argent, m. 


"Water, 


eau, f. 


Lead, 


plomb, m. 


Apple, 


pomme, £ 


Wine, 


vm, m. 


Gold, 


or, m. 


Meat, 


viande, t 



Good, 



bon. 



To-morrow, demain. 



Added. 



ajoute. 



TABLE IV, 
The Demonstrative Adjective Conjunctive. 



tf 





MASCTTMNE MNGTTLAB. 


FEMININE SING. 


PLUBAL 


This or that. 

Of or from 
this. 

To or at this. 


Ce. 
de ce. 
d ce. 


Cet. 
de cet. 
d cet. 


Cette. 
de cette. 
d cette. 


Ces, These, those. 
de cesj of these. 
d ces, to these. 




Used 
before mascu- 
line nouns be- 
ginning with 
a consonant. 


Used 
before mascu- 
line nouns be- 
ginning with 
a vowel or si- 
lent h. 


Used 
before femin- 
ine nouns sin- 
gular. 


Used 
before plural nouns. 



For proximity add ci to the noun, as : Ce de-ci. This thimble. 
For distance add Id to the noun, as : Ce de-Id. That thimble. 

APPLICATION. 
Proximity. 

questions. 

Is this wine old ? 

Is this woman sick? 

Is this bird very pretty ? 

Are these horses good ? 

Are these trees dead ? 

Distance. 
Is that glass broken? 

Is not that bottle clean ? 

Is not that man very tall? 



ANSWEBS. 

This wine is old. 
This woman is sick. 
This bird is very pretty. 
These horses are not good. 
These trees are not dead. 

That glass is not broken. 
That bottle is clean. 
That man is very talL 



10 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



Are those generals prudent ? 
"Were not those children obedient ? 



Those generals are prudent. 
Those children were obedient. 



PROMISCUOUS. 

Have you given this money to that man ? I have given the money to that woman. 



Was not this bird in 


that cage ? That bird was not in that cage, it was 








in this cage. 


Were those men with these 


men? These men were not with tnose men, 








but these 


women were with those 








women. 










VOCABULARY. 




Bird, 


oiseau, m. 




Old, vieux. 


Clean, propre. 


Tree, 


arbre, m. 




Sick, malade. 


TalL grand. 


Glass, 


verre, m. 




Pretty, joli. 


Prudent, prudent. 


Bottle, 


bouteille, f. 




Dead, mort. 


Obedient, obeissant. 


Cage, 


cage, f. 




Broken, casse. 


Given, donne. 








TABLE V. 





The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive, determining 
Proximity or Distance. 



PEOXIMTTY. 


MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


This one. 

Of or from this one. 

To or at this one. ' 


SINGULAR. 

Celui-ci. 
de celui-ci, 
d celui-ci. 

PLTTEAL, 

Ceux-ci. 
de ceux-ci, 
d ceux-ci. 


SINGULAR. 

Celle-ci. 
de celle-ci, 
d celle-ci, 

PLTTEAL, 

Celles-ci. 
de celles-ci. 
d celles-ci. 


These. 

Of or from these. 

To or at these. 


DISTANCE. 


MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


That one. 

Of or from that one. 

To or at that one. 


8INGULAB. 

Celui-ld. 
de celui-ld. 
d celui-ld. 

PLTTEAL. 

Ceux-ld. 
de ceux-ld. 
d ceux-ld. 


6INGTTLAE. 

Celle-ld. 
de celle-ld. 
d celle-ld. 

PLTTEAL. 

Celles-ld. 
de celles-ld. 
d celles-ld. 


Those. 

Of or from those. 

To or at those. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



11 



QUESTIONS. 

Have you opened this door ? 

Have you shut that shutter ? 

Have you broken that board ? 

Have you spoken of these merchants or 
of those? 

Have they given bread to those children ? 

Is that pen good? 
Are those houses good or bad ? 
Had you this one or that one ? 
When will they have those ? 



APPLICATION. 

ANSWERS. 

I have not opened that one. 

I have not shut that one. 

I have not broken that one. 

I have not spoken of those, I have 
spoken of these. 

They have given bread to these and 
water to those. 

That one is good, this one is very bad. 

Those are good, these are very bad. 

I had that one. 

They will have those to-morrow. 

VOCABULARY. 



Door, porte, £ 


Pen, 


plume, f. 


Broken, 


casse. 


Shutter, volet, m. 


To-morrow, 


demain. 


Bad, 


mauvais. 


Board, planche, f. 


Opened, 


ouvert 






Merchant, negotiant. 


Shut, 


ferme. 







TABLE VI. 
The Demonstratives Celui que and Celui qui. 



Jj\ 



The one. 

Of or from the one. 

To or at the one. 



Those. 

Of or from those. 

To or at those. 



SINGULAR. 

Celui. 
de celui. 
d celui. 

PLURAL. 

Ceux. 
de ceux. 
d ceux. 



SINGULAR. 

Celle. 
de celle. 
d celle. 

PLURAL. 

Celles. 
de celles. 
d celles. 



NOMINATIVE. 



The one who, 
He who, 
The one that, 
The one which, 
He that, 



Celui qui. 



OBJECTIVE. 



The one whom, 
He whom, 
The one which, 
The one that, 



Celui que. 



APPLICATION. 



QUESTIONS. 

Nominative. 
Where is the one that was here ? 



ANSWERS. 



The one that was here is on the desk. 



Have you spoken of the one that was I have spoken of the one that was here, 
here ? and of the one that was in the box. 



12 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



Have you spoken to the man? 

Where are those that were here ? 
Have you not spoken to the men? 



I have spoken to the on^ ; vho was here 
this morning. 

Those that were here are in the desk. 

I have spoken to those who were here 
this morning. 
Objective. 
Have you the one I had yesterday? I have the one that you had. 

Had you spoken of the one he had this I had not spoken of the one he had, I 
morning? had spoken of the one you had. 

Have they spoken to the one I had seen They have not spoken to the one whom 
yesterday? you had seen yesterday; they have 

spoken to the one who was here yes- 
terday. 

Have you those that I had yesterday ? I have those that you had yesterday 

morning. 

Had you spoken of those he had this I had not spoken of those he had, I had 



morning ? 



Desk, bureau, m. 
Box, lotte, 4. J* 
Morning, matin, m. 



spoken of those you had. 

VOCABULABY. 
Yesterday, hier. Here, 



Yesterday morning, hier matin. 
Where. oH. 



In, 
Or, 



ict. 

dans. 

ou. 



TABLE VII. 
Interrogative Adjective Pronoun, with Noun. 





MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




SINGULA*. 


PLTTEAL. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


What, which. 


Quel. 


Quels. 


Quelle. 


Quelles. 


Of or from which. 


de quel. 


de quels. 


de quelle. 


de quelles. 


To or at which. 


d quel. 


d quels. 


d quelle. 


d quelles. 



APPLICATION. 

MASCULINE. 



QUESTIONS. 

Singular. 
Which book have you ? 



ANSWERS. 



Of which book do you speak? 



I have the one you had. 

I speak of the one you had this morning. 

To which workman have you given the I have given the money to the one that 
money? was here. 

Plural 

Which books have you lost I have lost those that I had found here. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



13 



Of which works do they speak ? 



They speak of those that are in the 
trunk. 

To which horses have you given hay ? I have given hay to that man's. 

FEMININE. 

Singular 
Which pen has she ? She has the one I had. 

Of which pen does she speak ? She speaks of this one. 

To which mare has he given the water ? He has given the water to that one. 

Plural. 

Which women have the feathers ? Those that were here this morning. 

From which cities has he received the From those which are on the bank of 
letters ? the river. 

To what ladies have you written? I have written to those who were here 

yesterday. 

VOCABULARY. 
Work, ouvrage, m. Feather, plume, f. 

Workman, ouvrier. City, ville, f. 

Trunk, matte, f. Letter, lettre, f. 

Hay, foin, m. Bank, bord, m. 

Mare, jument River, riviere, £ 



Lost, perdu. 

Found, trouve. 

Written, ecrit. 

Given, donne. 

Received, refit. 






TABLE VIII. 

Interrogative Adjective Pronoun, referring to last 

Noun. 





MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




SINGULAR. 


SINGULAR. 


Which one. 


lequel. 


laquelle. 


Of or from which one. 


duquel. 


de laquelle. 


To or at which one. 


auquel. 


d laquelle. 




PLURAL. 


PLURAL. 


Which. 


lesquels. 


lesquelles. 


Of or from which. 


desquels. 


desquelles. 


To or at which. 


auxquels. 


auxquelles. 



APPLICATION. 

REFERRING TO MASCULINE NOUNS. 
QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Singular. 
Wnich one have you ? I have the one you had. 



14 



lABULAE SYSTEM. 



Of which one do you speak ? 
To which one do you speak? 

Plural 
"Which have you? 
Of which do you speak? 
To wliich do you speak ? 



I speak of the one you have. 
I speak to that one. 

I have those you had yesterday. 
I speak of those you have. 
I speak to those. 



Referring to Feminine Nouns. 



QUESTIONS. 

Singular. 
Which one has she ? 
Of which one does she speak ? 
To which one do you speak ? 

Plural. 
Which have you? 

Of which do you speak ? 
To which do you speak? 



ANSWERS. 



She has the one you had. 

She speaks of the one you have. 

I speak to this one. 

I have those you had yesterday. 
I speak of those you have. 
I speak to those. 



TABLE IX. 
Tlae Pos§essive Pronouns Conjunctive. 





•MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


PLTTBAL. 






SINGULAR. 


SINGUXAB. 


MASO. & FBM. 




My. 


mon. 


ma. 


mes. 




Thy. 


ton. 


ta. 


tes. 


Declined 


His, her, its. 
Our. 


son. 
notre. 


sa. 
notre. 


ses. 
nos. 


with the 

prepositions 

de and a. 


Your. 


votre. 


votre. 


vos. 




Their. 

• 


leur. 


leur. 


leurs. 





These pronouns agree in gender and number with the thing possessed, and never 
with Vie possessor. 

Before Feminine Nouns beginning with a vowel or h mute, use mon, ton, son, in- 
stead of ma, ta, sa — this to avoid ciasning 01 vowels. 

APPLICATION. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

"Where is my clerk ? He is in thy shop. 

Are mv clerks in my friend's shop ? They are in thy brother's house. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



15 



Where is my brother's inkstand ? 

Is his son sick ? 

Is her son sick ? 

Are his trunks in his carriage ? 

AYe her trunks in her carriage ? 

Is his door shut ? 

Do you speak of her husband? 

Do you speak of his wife ? 
Have you spoken tp his uncle ? 

Is our house large ? 
Are our rooms small? 
Is your cap in your box? 
Are your guns clean ? 
Is their ship in the port? 
Are their ships in your ports ? 
Where is my sword ? 
Where is thy needle ? 
Is his history surprising ? 
Is not his ambition great? 



Thy brother's inkstand is in my box. 

His son is not sick. 

Her son is not sick now. 

His trunks are not in his carriage. 

Her trunks are in her carriage, and her 

carriage is at her door. 

His door is open. 

I do not speak of her husband, I speak 
of her daughter. 

I speak of his daughters and of his sons. 

I have not spoken to his uncle, I have 
spoken to his aunt. 

Our house is very large. 

Our rooms are not small. 

My cap is in my box. 

Our guns are clean. 

Their ship is in the port. 

Their ships are not in our ports. 

Thy sword is here. 

My needle is there. 

His history is surprising. 

His ambition is Very great. 

VOCABULARY. 



Clerk, 


commis. 


Carriage, 


voiture, f. 


Ambition, 


ambition, t 


Shop, 


boutique, f. 


Room, 


chambre, f. 


Now, 


a present 


Brother, 


frere. 


Cap, 


casquette, f. 


Small, 


petit. 


Husband, 


man. 


Gun, 


fusil, m. 


Clean, 


propre. 


Wife, 


femme. 


Ship, 


navire, m. 


Large, 


) 


Daughter, 


fille. 


Port, 


port, m. 


Great, 


> grand. 


Son, 


/Us. 


Sword, 


epee, f. 


Tall, 


) 


Uncle, 


oncle. 


Needle, 


aiguille, f. 


Surprising, 


surprenant. 


Aunt, 


tank. 


History, 


histoire, f. 


Open, 


ouvert 



16 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



TABLE X. 
The Possessive Pronouns Disjunctive. 





MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 




8INGTTLAB. 


FLT7BAL, 


6INOULAB. 


PLTTBAL. 


Mine. 


le mien. 


les miens. 


la mienne. 


les miennes, 


Thine. 


le tien. 


les Hens. 


la tienne. 


les tiennes. 


His, hers. 


le sien. 


les siens. 


la sienne. 


les siennes. 


Ours. 


le ndtre. 


les ndtres. 


la ndtre. 


les ndtres. 


Tours. 


le vdtre. 


les vdtres. 


la vdtre. 


les vdtres. 


Theirs. 


le leur. 


les leurs. 


la leur. 


les leurs. 



These Pronouns must be declined throughout with the Definite Article : 

le la les ) mine, lemien. les miens. la mienne. 

du de la des \ as : of mine, du mien. des miens. de la mienne. 
au d la aux ) to mine, au mien. aux miens. a la mienne, Ac. 
And must be of the same gender and number as the nouns they represent. 

APPLICATION. 
Speaking of a Masculine Noun. 

QUESTIONS. 



S. Is mine good? 

Are you speaking of mine? 

Does he give water to mine? 
PI. Are mine good? 

Are you speaking of mine ? 

Does he give bread to mine ? 
S. Is thine here ? 

Is he speaking of thine ? 

Has he sent seed to thine ? 
PL Are not thine here ? 

Is she speaking of thine ? 

Have they sent seed to thine ? 
S. "Was his here yesterday ? 

"Was I speaking of his ? 

Have you given water to his ? 



Tours is good. 

I am speaking of yours. 

He gives water to yours. 

Tours are good. 

I am speaking of yours. 

He gives bread to yours. 

Mine is here. 

He is speaking of mine. 

He has sent seed to mine. 

Mine are here. 

She is speaking of mine. 

They have sent seed to mine. 

His was here this morning. 

Tou were speaking of his. 

I have given water to his. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



17 



PI "Were his here this morning ? 
"Were we speaking of his ? 
Have they given hay to his ? 
S. Is hers in the parlor ? 
Shall I speak of hers ? 
Has he given a book to hers ? 
PI Are hers in the drawer ? 
Have you spoken of hers ? 
Have you spoken to hers ? 
S. Where is ours ? 

"Were you speaking of ours ? 
Does he give money to ours? 
PI. "Where are ours ? 

"Would you speak of ours ? 
Do they give money to ours ? 
S. Is yours sold ? 

Has he sold a little of yours ? 
Have you added water to yours ? 
PI Are yours sold ? 

Has he sold two of yours ? 
Have you added wine to yours ? 
S. Have you seen theirs ? 
Have you spoken of theirs ? 
Has he given seed to theirs ? 
PI. Wero theirs good or bad ? 
Do you speak of theirs ? 
Give water and hay to theirs. 



His were here this morning. 

You were speaking of his. 

They have given water to his. 

Hers is on the chair. 

Do not speak of hers. 

He has given a book to hers. 

Hers are in the box. 

I have spoken of hers. 

I have not spoken to hers. 

Tours is here. 

I was speaking of yours. 
He gives money to yours. 
Yours are in my pocket. 
I would speak of yours. 

They give money to yours. 

Mine is not sold. 

He has sold a little of mine. 

I have added wine to mine. 

Mine are not sold. 

He has sold three of mine. 

I have added water to mine. 

I have not seen theirs. 

I have spoken of theirs. 

He has given seed to theirs. 

Theirs were very good. 

I speak of theirs. 

I have already given water and hay to 



theirs and to yours also. 

K A section having written upon the blackboard this set of questions and 
answers referring to masculine nouns, will subsequently be exercised on the same, 
as referring to feminine nouns. 







VOCABULARY. 


Seed, 

Money, 

Pocket, 

2 


graine, f. 
argent, m. 
poche, f. 


Sent, envoye. 
Added, ajoute. 
A little, un peu. 



Also, 

Sold, vendu. 

Added, ajoute. 






18 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



to 

© 

2 











. 












a 


X 










o 












m 












o 












g* 












o o 












» > 












Tl +» 












§ 3 












8 










ss 












O 3 






s 




g 00 


sf 










g o 






6 
43 






• § o 


3 








G © c- 


8 




©'1 

S.2 


G ° to 


1 


s^. G +3 

A U© 






*> i=! 


i 

03 


© & rj 




Z'~ 


So.=2~ O 




8 


£ 

CO 

p 

H 

F 

1 

M 
ft 


a § 

it 

si 

11 
1* 

s-. o 

to 'to 


dicative present by chan 
changing ant into ais, a 
anging ant into e, es, e, i 


1 
s 

t/T 

e3 

no" 

o 

03 

a 


rson singular of imperative by dropping 
second persons plural of imperative by c 
persons of imperative are identical with 


1 
O 

§ 

bO 

a 
'So 

G 
C5 

■3 




fcC.3 

^G 

•* © 

3 ^3 


hree persons plural of in 
nperfect of indicative by 
ubjunctive present by ch 


•3 

G 

3 
O 

s 

o 
o 

' § 

«2 


O 

CO 

o 




11 


o 

-t-» 
03 
© 

> 


■a la 

8 2 2 


© 

a 




PftO 


HhOQ 


m 


COPr H 


fc 












O 




1st 








5 


e 


8 
!3 


*$ 


<sT 




"^ 


"5° 




*>> 






5^ 


5s. 


%. 


5s, 


5s. 


S5 


a 


53 


§ 


8 


« 


8 


«H 


«s 


&H 


^ 


«i 








^ 


»? 






S 5 H 


§ 


grf 


n 

gi 

K 9 


H 

| 

1 


£ W 

> CO 

5 


is 


If 


P 

2 w 


a 














fJ 




ft 


H 


B 




g 


o 




M 

ft 


£ 




S 


w 

CD 


t* 


g 


E 



»" 




o 




P 


■KS 


>*) . 

ft « 


%<■ v3 S =o •>» 


^^^"8^ 


o ^ 


8 8 8 S 8 




£££ § § 


s 

ft 
o 


^^ 


Ea 






Hit 




| |^ S 




^.3o-o . 




•SSI^I 




<« a a -e 




O O ~ *3 ? 




M p< o to 




rs *-• C3 3 




£ S. a s 'a- 

S S -»2 a> 




d ^j & g -g 

g is © ^ 


s 


£ © g 2 d 






ft 3 

S 3 
o > 
w 


■3 © +j ^j -3 
■^ g ^ G fcfl 

2 ft§.= 2 


ft 


H 


rt 






1 




H 




H 




O 




^5 




• • •♦* 








o 8 oo ^r 




5> s> ^ *s? 2 

» « ? o S 




CJ ^> o, O, o, 




^) « « » « 




^^^ ii 




^^ 


5? 




o 


•to 


H 


8 


3d 


8 


o s 


.SO . . 


S « 


S* so . so 60 


Is 

ft^ 

© 

g 

CO 


•cS> *<>> *««» *iS> •<*> 


8 8 8 8 8 




» 




o 




5* 


i>5 


2 « 


$; g . . «<s> 


5 « 


<4i 8 Vii ^> S 


^»o Sj »si »»o ~si 


©2 


5» J* ?s. 5* 5s. 


r 


JS8888 


s 


^ 



•\ 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



19 



OBSERVATIONS. 

1 1. Having the primitve tenses of the second, third, and fourth conjugations, the 
pupil will assimilate their respective schemes of derivation to the scheme for the 
first conjugation. «■ 

2. The termination — ir To obtain the "] irai. To obtain the con- "\ irais. 
The termination — evoir future, he will )■ evrai. ditional, he will al- > evrais. 
The termination — re alter to J rai. ter them to J rais. 

3. He will pay particular attention to the irregularities observable in the third I 
conjugation. 

4. In deriving from the present participles of the second and third conjugations 
Fin-issant, Rec-evant, he will confine himself to altering ant of the termination. 

5. In the second, third and fourth conjugations, the imperfect of subjunctive is 
formed from the preterite definite, by altering the terminations is, us, is to isse, 
usse, isse for the first person singular, in the three conjugations respectively. 

After one recitation upon Table XI, verbs are conjugated with reference to their 
derivation, and are written in the following form upon the verb-board. 



PRIMITIVE TENSES. 










1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 


Etudi e 

Etudi a 

Etudi e 

J^etudi e 

J 1 etudi \a 


r. 

nt 

i. 










j\ 


TT. 


IL, EI/LE, ON. 


NOTTS. 


voirs. 


ILS, ELLES. 


Studie. 


Studies. 


Studie. 


Studious. 


Studiez. 


Studient. 


etudiais. 


etudiais. 


Studiait. 


etudiions. 


etudiiez. 


Studiaient. 


Studiai. 


etudias. 


etudia. 


etudidmes. 


Studidtes. 


Studierent. 


Studierai. 


etudieras. 


etudiera. 


etudierons. 


Studierez. 


Studieront 


Studierais. 


etudierais. 


etudieraii. 


etudierions. 


Studieriez. 


Studieraient 




etudie. 


quHl etudie. 


etudions. 


Studiez. 


quHls Studient. 


etudie. 


Studies. 


etudie. 


etudiions. 


Studiiez. 


Studient 


Q7UA 

etudiasse. 


etudiasses. 


Studidt. 


Siudiassions. 


Studiassiez. 


Studiassent 



X 



2U TABULAR SYSTEM. 

Regular Verbs of the four Conjugations for Application 
of Table XI., the same Verbs occurring in the Applica- 
tion of succeeding Tables. 



FIBST CONJUGATION. 


SECOND CONJUGATION. 


To breakfast. 


Dejeuner. 


To succeed. 


Peussir. 


To dine. 


Diner. 


To act. 


Agir. 


To sup. 


Souper. 


To establish. 


Etablir. 


To walk. 


Marcher. 


To perish. 


Perir. 


To speak. 


JParler. 


To obey. 


Obeir. 


To study. 


Etudier. 


To choose. 


Choisir. 


To pay. 


Payer. 


To build. 


Pdtir. 


To try. 


JEssayer. 


To disobey. 


Desobeir. 


To finish. 


Achever. 


To applaud. 


Applaudir. 


To give. 


Donner. 


THIBD CONJUGATION. 


To bring. 


Apporter. 


To deceive. 


jDecevoir. 


To lend. 


Preter. 


To receive. 


Pecevoir. 


To carry. 


Porter. 


To owe. 


Devoir. 


To show. 


Montrer. 


To perceive. 


Apercevoir, 


To apply. 


Appliquer. 


To conceive. 


Concevoir. 


To strike. 


Frapper. 


FOURTH CONJUGATION. 


To shut. 


Fermer. 


To hear. 


Entendre. 


To play. 


Jouer. 


To wait. 


Attendre. 


To sign. 


Signer. 


To answer. 


Pepondre, 


To bend. 


Piter. 


To sell. 


Vendre. 


To buy. 


Acheter. 


To descend. 


Descendre. 


To wash. 


Daver. 


To defend. 


Defendre. 


To wear. 


Porter. 


To correspond. 


Gorrespondrt. 


To examine. 


Examiner. 


To render. 


Pendre. 


To take. 


[• Mener, 


To spill. 


Pepandre. 


To lead. 


To return. 


Pendre, 



< 



TABLE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS i 



NOMINATIVE, OBJECTIVE, DIRECT AND INDIRECT, 



AND USED AFTER 



PREPOSITIONS, 



22 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



TABLE XII. 

A Table of Personal Pronouns, Nominative, Objective, 
direct and indirect, Isolated, Emphatic, and used after 
Prepositions. 



NOMINATIVE. 


OBJECTIVE 
BEFOBK THE VERB. 


OBJECTIVE 
AFTEB THE VERB. 


I80LATED. 
TO EXPRESS EMPHASIS. 
AFTER A PREPOSITION. 




DIEECT. 


INDIRECT. 


DIEECT. 


INDIRECT. 




Je. 


me. 


me. 


moi. 


moi. , 


moi. 


tu. 


te. 


te. 


toi. 


toi. 


toi. 


a. 


le. 


lui. 


le. 


lui. 


lui. 


elle. 


la. 


lui. 


la. 


lui. 


elle. 


on. 


se.* 


se. 






soi. 


nous. 


nous. 


nous. 


nous. 


nous. 


nous. 


vous. 


vous. 


vous. 


vous. 


vous. 


vous. 


Us. 


Us. 


Uur. 


Us. 


Uur. 


eux. (m.) 


ettes. 


Us. 


leur. 


Us. 


Uur. 


elUs. (f.) 



DIVISION OF OBJECTIVE PKONOUNS. 

The Objective Pronouns are divided into Direct and Indirect The student will 
easily distinguish the personal pronoun used as the Direct Objective to a verb, by 
the fact that there is in English no preposition between the verb and this pronoun. 

The personal pronoun representing the Indirect Objective to the verb, answers to 
the Indirect Objective of the English, with the preposition to expressed or under- 
stood. 



* DIFFERENT MEANINGS OF THE PEONOHN 86. 

Se. Se. 

DIRECT. INDIRECT. 

One's self. To one's se'f. 

Himself. To himself. 

Herself. To herself. 

Itself. To itself. 

Themselves To themselves. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 23 

Analysis and Application of Pronouns Personal. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
NOMINATIVE. 



Je. 

tu. 
il. 

elle. 

on. 

nous, 
vous. 



I. 

thou. 

he. 

she. 

(one. 
\ they. 
( people. 

we. 

you. 



Us. (m.) they. 
elles. (f.) they. 



Tu. is used among near relations, very intimate friends, 
and school-fellows : it is also employed poetically. 



On, Nominative Indefinite; always requires the verb 
in the third person singular. 



Used as in English : vous may express one or several 



PRACTICE COMBINED WITH REGULAR VERBS OF THE FOUR 
CONJUGATIONS. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 

I breakfast. 
Thou wast dining. 
He supped. 
She will walk. 
He would study. 
Let people pay. 
Although we may 

study.* 
In order that you 

might bring.* 
They (m.) have tried. 
They (f.) had lent. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 

I succeed. 

Thou was acting. 

He established. 

She will perish. 

People would obey. 

In order that we may 
choose. 

Although you might 
build. 

They will have dis- 
obeyed. 

They would have ap- 
plauded. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

I deceive. 

Thou wast receiving. 

He owed. 

She will perceive. 

People would re- 
ceive. 

Although we may 
conceive. 

Although you owed. 

They are receiving. 

They have been de- 
ceived. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

I hear. 

Thou wast waiting. 

He answered. 

She will sell. 

People would de- 
scend. 

He will defend. 

In order that you may 
correspond. 

In order ' that you 
might wait. 

In order that you 
might hear. 



* Although 
In order that, 



Quoique. { These conjunctions govern the subjunctive 
Afin que. J mood. 



24: 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECTIVE TO 

THE YERB. 

OBJECTIVE BEFORE THE VERB. 



f— 










DIBECT. 




INDIRECT. 


me. 


me. 


me. 


to me. 


te. 


thee. 


te. 


to thee. 


le. 


it, him. 


lui. 


to him. 


la. 


it, her. 


lui. 


to her. 


nous. 


us. 


nous. 


to us. 


vous. 


you. 


vous. 


to you. 


les (m. 


& f.) them. 


leur (m. 


& £ ) to them. 



PLACE OF OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

Objective personal pronouns must be placed before the verb, except when the 
verb is in the Imperative Affirmative. When the imperative is used negatively, 
they resume their place before the verb, and are expressed by the pronouns objec- 
tive before the verb. In compound tenses, the objective pronouns are placed im- 
mediately before the auxiliary verb. 



APPLICATION. 

DIBECT. 

He will give me to another master. 

He will sell thee soon. 

He has sold it. 

He will receive her well. 

They will take us to the house. 

She was giving you to another mistress. 

t had them in my pocket. 

He hears me. 

I hear thee. 

She hears him. 

He receives her. 

We shall sell it. 

You will defend them. 

They have received them. 



INDIRECT. 

He will give me the best books. 
He will sell the best books to thee. 
I shall speak to him to-morrow. 
I spoke to her yesterday. 
I gave her a lesson this morning. 
He gave water to us. 
"We sell wine to you. 
He sells them cloth. 
He has sold them shoes. 
You would have lent her books. 
"When will you lend her money? 
When will they sell him the goods? 
They would have sent them the stock- 
ings. 



NL 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



25 



THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS DIRECT AND INDIRECT: OBJECTIVE TO 

• THE VERB. 

OBJECTIVE AFTER THE VERB "WITH IMPERATIVE AFFIRMATIVE. 



DIBKCT. 


INDIBECT. 


moi. 


me. 


moi. 


to me. 


toi. 


thyself. 


toi. 


to thyself 


le. 


it, him. 


lui. 


to him. 


la. 


it, her. 


lui. 


to her. 


nous. 


us. 


nous. 


to us. 


vous. 


( yourself. 
\ yourselves. 


vous. 


( to yourself. 
\ to yourselves. 


Us. (m. 


& f.) them 


leur (m. 


<fc f.) to them 



DIRECT. 

Sell me to another master. 

Render thyself capable. 

Give it to the girl. 

Give her to a better mistress. 

Observe us. 

Render yourself skilful. 

Send them to the store. 

Carry them to the bank. 

Show them to the women. 



APPLICATION. 

INDIRECT. 

Sell me a good horse. 

Apply this observation to thyself. 

Give him a better pen. 

Sell her the sweet oranges. 

Bring the best oranges to her. 

Give us money. Give yourself trouble. 

Show them the garden. 

Show the flowers to them. 

Return them their books. 



NEGATIVELY. 

Do not sell me to another mistress. 
Do not render thyself unworthy. 
Do not give her to another master. 
Do not send them to the store. 
Do not observe us. 



NEGATIVELY. 

Do not sell me a bad horse. 

Do not apply that remark to thyself. 

Do not give him a bad pen. 

Do not sell her the sour oranges. 

Do not show them the black coats. 






TABULAE SYSTEM. 
1, ISOLATED. 2. TO EXPRESS EMPHASIS. 3. AFTER A PREPOSITION. 



moi. . me. 


N. In the case of 


I. 


toi. thee. 


isolation, the nomina- 


thou. 


lui. him. 


tive pronouns are used 


he. 


elle. her. 


in English; in such 


she. 


nous. us. 


cases the French pro- 


we. 


VOUS. you. 


nouns must be ren- 


you. 


eux. (m.) them. 


dered by the follow- 


they. 


e#es. (f.) them. 


ing: 


they. 


APPLICATION. 


ISOLATED. 


EMPHATIC 


AFTEE A PBEPOSITIOH. 


QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 






Who is there? I. 


I study but thou play- 


Play with me. 


Who has the book ? Thou. 


est:* 


They are dining with- 


Who will knock at 


He was signing the let- 


out thee. 


the door ? He. 


ters and she was fold- 


I speak before her. 


Who will shut the 


ing them. 


He walks behind us. 


store ? She. 


You have dined, but we 


He will speak against 


What persons were 


have not yet break- 


them, (to.) 


in the house ? We. 


fasted. 


He will examine the 


Who is in the 


They will buy the goods 


necklaces for them. (/.) 


street? * You. 


and you will sell them. 


Let us study our les- 


What men -will be 


We wash the dresses and 


sons without hinri T 


here to-day? They. 


they wear them. 


Did you dine with her? 


What women will be 






here to-morrow ? They. 







* Emphatic form.— I study but thou playest Moi, fetudie mais toi, tu jouea, &c 



TABLE 2CIII, 

Flaoe and order of Personal Pronouns objective to 

the Verb. 
BEFORE THE VERB. AFTER THE VERB. 

3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 



1. 


2. 


ine. 


r u. 


te. 


la. 


Be. 


les. 


nous. 




Vous. 










lui. 
le- 



Remarks. 

1. Two or more pronouns of the same 
column cannot be used together as object- 
ives before the same verb. 

2. A pronoun of column 1, and a pro- 
noun of column 3, cannot be used together 
as objectives before the same verb. 

3. In compound tenses, the objective 
pronoun must be placed immediately be- 
fore the auxiliary verb. 

Examples. — II me la donna. II 
m' en donna. II m' y envoya. II me 
les y envoya. II nous y erwoya. II t'y 
en envoya. II vous les y envoya. II 
se la rappelle. II s' en repent. II le lui 
y envoya. II leur y en envoya. II y en 
envoya. II V en avertit. II les leur y 
envoya. Donnez-le-moi. Entrainez- 
les-y. Ketourne-t'y-en. Parlez-m'en. 
Dis-le-m'y. Parlez-nous-y. 



le. 






la. 




les. 


nous, 
vous. 
lui. 


. y- 




leur. 




m\ 


y- 


t\ 






Rem 


arks. 



ruoi. 

toi. 

en. 



en. 



1. Objective pronouns are placed after 
the verb only in the Imperative affirma- 
tive, and when so placed must be con- 
nected with the verb and with each other 
by a hyphen or hyphens. 

2. Me and te objectives, become after 
the verb, moi and toi ; except before y and 
en, when they become m' and t\ No hy- 
phen is used with the apostrophe. 

3 . With several pronouns objective, it 
is preferable to avoid the use of the Im- 
perative affirmative by giving such a turn 
to the phrase as to bring the pronoun be- 
fore the verb. Thus, for envoyez-les-y-moi 
use veuillez me les y envoy er. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



27 



X 



5 

e 
= 

o 

2 ■ 

HO 
n 



d* 



sj e e e 

<u Q Q 



^►^ 



*>l 



» 

e e 



§ € 






g|_A 



'MMVtoM d$ 




% rf 8 «' S § ^ ^ 
§ <u *> <u 5s>^5 

&*, »s to <o .S 8 S> 










CO CO CO 



*S Si & 



1*^ §S I 1 g ^ 



v v « <» 






8 .3 8 



&1 
Sit 



si 






C3 © 

© g 

§ ^ 



° s 



CO <» <U "to ~~ ~\, 

g 1 g g g s 

« « «> s s s 

8 8 8 s 8 8 



o o *~ a & 
„o o 8 '«■* 

© +a +3 © <r> © 

b««!S a a 

<D © © © © Ti 

'Sb'&fi'Sb'bc'Sb w 



o o o o o o 

fipftfifip 






« § I i S 

<w 8 g o 8 _ 
| -§ -§ ^ -S J 



.^1 



g^ 



•s ? ? ? § ? 

g 4 i J g ^ 

i i § § i " 

lllii 

O O O o o 

^3 ^ ts ^ -§ 



©~ © © § % 

o o a <a -^ 

©"-t- 3 +* © © © 

a .-b .« 3 a a 
© © © © © ^ 

o 3 b 3 3 w 



§K 



a a 
a^ a 



.. •* .> •" 

oq fl 'So c "bo 

g fciD fl fcO fl 

© « cj O O 

3 O O ca rt 



"2 ft 
o 5 
Teg 
S3 



O e8 



si 






O © 



CD 
O 
PJ 

O 



•S §,§ 



N! »C> JSJ N 



S g g s 



r-( c<) co ->* 

cd +2 M ■ 

a 0° 

'~ o.>; o 

^"3 o o 
o o O o 



A 



PiS 8 8 8 
I HI'S 

"S ^ j^ ^ ,« 



© 



w 



be 

- © 



<te£ 



28 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 

Application of Table XIII. 

SLIPS FOR RECITATION AT BLACKBOARD. 



No. l. 



It to me. ) . 

r M 

Him to me. ) ^ 

It to me. ) . 

I 

Her to me. ; *** 
Them to me. 
Some to me. 
To me there. 
It to me there. 
Them to me there. 



Some to me there. 
No. 2. 



PLACE AND ORDER OP PERSONAL PRONOUNS OBJECTIVE. 

dotmer. He gives it to me. 

rappeler. He calls him back to me. 

prtter. She will lend it to me. 

rappeler. He would call her back to me. 

refuser. He has refused them to me. 

preter. He would have lent some to me. 

donner. They gave a book to me there. 

envoyer. He has sent it to me there. 

apporter. He would have brought them to m6 there. 

preter. They will lend some to me there. 



preter. He lent it to thee. 

rappeler. She called him back to thee. 

fournir. "We will furnish it to thee. 

vendre. He would sell her to thee. 

devoir. He owes them to thee. 

devoir. Although he may owe some to thee. 

donner. He will give money to thee there. 

envoyer. He would have sent it to thee there. 

rendre. They have returned them to thee there. 

vendre. In order that I might sell some to thee there. 



It to thee. ) „• 

Him to thee. ) ^ 

It to thee. ) . 

Her to thee. )^ 

Them to thee. 

Some to thee. 

To thee there. 

It to thee there. 

Them to thee there. 

Some to thee there. 

No. 8. 

It to himself. ) d 

Him to himself. ) ^ 



8e procurer. He procures it for himself.* 
s'attirer. He attracts him to himself. 



* The French verb procurer requires the preposition d, thus, " To procure for one't self" is 
translated by se procurer, meaning literally to procure to one's self ; hence in this particular case, 
and in others analogous, for TwmseZ/'becomes in the French construction to himself. Se procurer 
translates also, to get : thus, he gets it, 11 se le procure. Literally, He [unto himself] it procure*. 

se. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



29 



H 



It to himself. 

Her to himself. 

Them to himself. 

Some to himself. 

To himself there. 

It to himself there. 

Them to himself there. 

Some to himself there. 
No. 4 



se procurer. He has procured it for himself. 

s'attirer. He has attracted her to himself. 

se procurer. He will procure them for himself. 

se procurer. He would procure some for himself. 

s'attirer. He has attracted a crowd to himself there. 

se procurer. He will get it there for himself. 

se procurer. He has got them there. 

se procurer. He would have got some there. 



herself. ) „• 
to herself. ) ^ 

U 



i 



It to herself. 

Him 

It to herself. 

Her to herself. 

Them to herself. 

Some to herself. 

To herself there. 

It to herself there. 

Them to herself there. 

Some to herself there. 
No. 6. 



se procurer. She procures it for herself 
s'attirer. She attracts him to herself. 
se procurer. She has procured it for herself, 
s'attirer. She would attract her to herself. 
se procurer. She procured them for herself. 
se procurer. She procures some for herself. 
s'attirer. She attracts attention to herself there. 
se procurer. She will get it for herself there. 
s'attirer. Let her attract them to herself there. 
se procurer. Although she may get some there. 



X 



It to themselves. 
Him to themselves. ) ~ 
It to themselves. 
Her to themselves. 
Them to themselves. 
Some to themselves. 
To themselves there. 
It to themselves there. 
Them to themselves there. 
Borne to themselves there. 

X 



8e procurer. They procure it for themselves. 

S^attirer. They attract him to themselves. 

se procurer. They have procured it for themselves. 

s'attirer. They have attracted her to themselves. 

se procurer. They will procure them for themselves. 

se procurer. They have procured some for themselves. 

s'attirer. They attract admiration to themselves there 

se procurer. They have got it there. 

iattirer. They will attract them to themselves there 

seprocurer. Let them get some there. 



(X 



^ 



30 


TABULAR SYSTEM. 


No. 6. • 






It to him. ) d 


devoir. 


I owe it to him. 


It to her. ) S 


devoir. 


They owe it to her. 


It to him. ) . 


vendre. 


I shall sell it to him. 


It to her. )£ 


devoir. 


I should owe it to her. 


Them to him. 


rendre. 


I have returned them to him. 


Them to her. 


vendre. 


I have sold them to her. 


Some to him. 


rendre. 


Although I may return some to him. 


Some to her. 


devoir. 


Although he might owe some to her. 


It there. 


envoyer. 


She has sent it there. 


It to him there. 


envoyer. 


She has sent it to him there. 


It to her there. 


porter. 


We have carried it to her there. 


Them to him there. 


apporter. 


They will hring them to him there. 


Some to her there 


porter. 


"We are carrying some to her there. 


No 7 






It to us. V ^ 

V. DQ 


donner. 


You will give it to us. 


Him to us. ) ^ 


vendre. 


Tou will sell him to us. 


It to us. ) . 


donner. 


Tou have given it to us. 


1 
Her to us. ) ^ 


vendre. 


Tou have sold her to us. 


Them to us. 


fournir. 


•i 

Although he may furnish them to us. 


Some to us. 


fournir. 


Although he might furnish some to us. 


To us there. 


envoyer. 


He has sent a book to us there. 


Us there. 


envoyer. 


He has sent us there. 


It to us there. 


rendre. 


She will return it to us there. 


Them to us there. 


porter. 


They are carrying them to us there. 


Some to us there. 


envoyer. 


He was sending some to us there. 


No. 8. 






It to you. } ^ 


donner. 


I am giving it to you. 


Him to you. ; ^ 


vendre. 


He was selling him to you. 



to you. ) ^ 



It to you. 
Her to you. 
Them to you. 
Some to you. 
You there. 
It to you there. 
Them to you there. 
Some to you there. 



No. 9. 



Some to them there. 



1ABULAR SYSTEM, 

rendre. 
mener. 



31 



"We returned it to you. 

We took her to you. 
louer. We will hire them to you. 

preter. We have lent you some. 

envoyer. The men have sent you there. 
porter. I will carry it to you there. 

porter. They would have carried them to you there. 

rendre. My brother will return some to you there. 



It to them. ) . 


rendre. 


Him to them. ) J^ 


vendre. 


It to them. ) . 


louer. 


Her to them. ; ^ 


louer. 


Them to them. 


donner. 


Some to them. 


preter. 


To them there. 


envoyer. 


Them there. 


envoyer. 


It to them there. 


envoyer. 


Them to them there. 


rendre. 



envoyer. 



I was returning it to them. 

They are selling him to them. 

I hire it to them. 

I have hired her to them. 

"We would have given them to them. 

Tou would have lent them some. 

She has sent money to them there. 

She has sent them there. 

My father has sent it to them there. 

They would have returned them to them 
there. 

My mother would have sent some to them 
there. 



No. 10. 



THE PRONOUN MB 



Affirmatively. 
Give me the book. 
Give it to me. 
Give me the letter. 
Give it to me. 
Give them to me. 
Give some to me. 
Return it to him. 
Return it to them. 
Return some to them. 
Send me there* 



WITH AN IMPERATIVE. 

Negatively. 
Do not give me the book. 
Do not give it to me. 
Do not give me the letter. 
Do not give it (/.) to me. 
Do not give them to me. 
Do not give me any. 
Do not return it to him. 
Do not return it to them. 
Do not return them any. 
Do not send me there. 






TABULAE SYSTEM. 






TABLE XIV. 
Adverbs of Quantity, and Negative Adverbs. 

Adverbs of quantity require in French the particle de, to unite them to the 
noun which follows them. "When not followed by the noun whose quantity they 
express, that noun, when direct objective of a verb, must be represented by the 
pronoun en. 



Assez. 
Beaucoup. 

Combien. 
Tant. 

Autant. 



"TH 




Peu. 



Enough. 
Much. 
Very much. 
A great deaL 
Many. 
Very many, 
ow much. 
How many. 
So much. 
So many. 

As much. 
As many. 

Less. m -j 

Too much. 
Too many. 
No more. - 
Not any more. 
No longer any. . 
No longer any more 
No. 
Not any. 

Not much. 
But little. 
Not many. 
But few. 

Not much more. 

Not many more. 

Little. j 



WITH NOUN. 



Airje assez depainf 

Avez-vous beaucoup de 

viande f 
A-t-il beaucoup 6/ amis ? 

Combien dlargent a-t-elle t 
Combien de pommes ai-je t 
Nous avons tant de peine ! 
Vous avez tant d'enfants ! 
Aurairje autant d'eau que 

luif 
A-t-elk autant de pain 

que vous t f&t«A- 

Avez-vous moins defil que 

moit 
Ont-ils trop de sucre? 
Lavent-elles trop de robes ? 

Ne mangez-vousplus deriz? 

Je n'aipas d'amis, en avez- 
vous? 

IT avez-vous guere de vint 

Vous-n'avez pas beaucoup 
de vin. 

Je rtai guere d'amis, en 
avez vous beaucoup ? 

Je ri>ai plus guere de vin. 

Vous n'avez plus guere de 
cidre. 

Jai peu de sel. 

J'ai tres-peu de sel. 



WITHOXTr NOTTM. 



Vous en avez-assez. 

Ten ai beaucoup. 

II en a beaucoup. 

Combien en a-t-elle t 
Combien en ai-je ? 
Nous en avons tant! 
Vous en avez tant/ 
Vous en aurez-autant. 

EUe en a autant. 

J 1 en ai moins que vous. 

lis en ont trop. 
Elles en lavent trop. 

Je n'en mange plus. 

Je nten ai point. 

Je rten ai guere. 

Je den aipas beaucoup 

Je ri!en ai guere. 

Je rten aiplus guere. 
Vous rten avez plus 

guere. 
J'en ai peu. 
J'en ai tres-peu 



REMARKS. 

1. Much. 
Many. 
Very much, i May also be translated by Bien, with <l j£ JT j- bef re th c n. 

A great deaL | [des. J 

A great many. J according to the gender and number of the noun : as, 

Jai bien du sucre. II a bien de Veau. 

Tu as bien de la Mere. Nous avons bien dts amis. 



\h: \ 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



33 



Some more. 
Still more. 
Some yet. 



Are rendered by encore with 




before the noun. 



When the noun is omitted its place is supplied by the pronoun en. 
Ex. Avez-vous encore du drap f Ten ai encore 

A-t-il encore beaucoup d'objets ? II en a encore beaucoup. 

Les matelote ont-ils encore dc la galette? Eux,ils rten ontpas, mats nous, nous en 

avons encore. 



/ 



One more inkstand. 
No more inkstands. 
A few words more. 
No more words. 



Encore un encrier. 
Plus d'encriers* 
Encore quelques mots. 
Plus de mots* 



(No de.) 



4. Several. Plusieurs. 

Several (of them). En-plusieurs. 

5. Quite as much. 

Quite as many. ]■ Tout autant (de before the noun). 



Plusieurs hommes. 
J' en ai plusieurs. 



Just as much, 



'\ 



Quite as much — as. ) „. - ._ . - , ,, - » 

Quite as many-as. \ Tout autant de ^ ue de ( before noun )« 



En — tout autant 



Quite as much (of it). 
Quite as many (of them). 

Ex. Avez-vous tout autant de Ten ai tout autant. 

pain que de beurre ? or, Tai tout autant de Tun que de Yauire. 

6. Not more than. ) „ T , . , 

Pas plus que. \ Ex ' Je nen ai *» P lus *"* vous ' 

Not more than ) 

(with adj. of number), j- Ex. Je n'cn ai pas plus de cinq. 



V. Something. 
Any thing. 

Nothing. 

What? 

Nobody. 



Enough. 



Much. 
Very much. 
A great deal. 
Many. 
Very many. 



Pas plus de. 

Quelque chose. 

Ne-rien. 

Que? 
Quoif 



Ne-personne. 



« 



Avez-vous quelque chose de jolit 

Je n'ai rien de joli. 

Qu 1 avez-vous dejolif 
Quoi de plus amusantt 

Je ne connais personne d'habile. 



APPLICATION. 

QUESTIONS. 

Have you enough fresh but- 
ter for all the boarders? 



Would not the captain have 
had a great many fine 
? 



ANSWERS. 

We had enough this morning ; 
we have not enough now. 
We shall have a great deal 
to-morrow evening. 

He would have had a great 
many (fine ones). 



* Used elliptical ly, as: il rty a plus d'encriers. There are no more inkstand^. 
3 



34: ' 

How much.. 
How many. 



So much. 
So many. 

As much. 
As many. 



Less. 
Fewer. 



Too much. 
Too many. 

No more. 
Not any more. 
No longer any, 
No longer any more. 



No. 

Not any. 
Not mucn. 
But little. 
Not many. 
But few. 

"Much. 

Not much more. 
Not many more. 

Little. 
A little. 



Some*more. 
Still some. 
Some yet. 
Any more. 



One more inkstand. 
No more inkstands. 
A few words more. 
No more words. 



Several. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



How many ships has the 
merchant of whom you 
are speaking? 

Why do you spend so much 
money ? 

Has the carpenter as much 
glue as sand-paper? 

Has your friend as many 
five-franc pieces as I, or 
has he fewer ? 

Will there not be too much 
gold in the banks ? 

Axe there not too many 
clerks in your brother's of- 
fice; why does he do no 
more business? 

Do you say that the captain 
of that schooner has no 
freight? 



Had not those mechanics 
much credit formerly? 

I have not much more letter- 
paper, how much have you ? 

Have ' your painters much 
merit ? 

Has that physician any more 
patients? 

Do you wish some more su- 
gar in your tea ? 



You can give me one more 
steel-pen, can you not ? 

How does that letter begin ? 



Are there not several boxes 
of percussion-caps in the 
small drawer? 



He has not many, he lost a 
great many this year. 

I do not spend much, I never 
spend as much as you. 

He has neither glue nor sand- 
paper. He will have a 
great deal to-morrow. 

He has not as many as you, he 
has fewer; he has not as 
many as he had last month. 

There will be enough, there 
will not be too much. 

There are no longer any clerks 
in his office. He does no 
more business. He does 
no more because he has 
lost too much money. 

I say he has none, I say also 
he has but little ballast 
Do you know where he can 
get a little ? I believe no- 
body has much. 

They had a great deal formerly: 
they have not much now. 

I have but little ; I have not 
much more than you. 

Our painters have little merit, 
our musicians have a great 
deal. 

He has some more: he hag 
still ten or twelve. He had 
no more a month ago. 

I do not wish any sugar, I 
have enough. If you have 
any more milk, give me a 
little. 

Here are several, choose the 
best, and add a few more 
words to this letter for me. 

It begins with these words : 
" No more money, no more 
friends." 

There are no more in the small 
one, there are several in .the 
large one. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



35 



Qu*5o as much. 
Quite as many. 
Just as much. 

Quite as much, 
Quite as many, 



No more. 



Not more than. 



Something. 
Any thing. 
Nothing. 

What? 



Nobody. 



Neither, nor. 
Ke, — ni. 



Nor, either. 
Nor, neither. 
2fi, — ne. 
Ne,- 



No and not. 

Non. 

Pas. 



/ 



Have you quite as much 
powder as shot ? 



Since you have as many pow- 
der-flasks as shot-bags, 
lend me one of each. 



X 



I have quite as much, and I 
have also quite as many 
caps as wads. 

I have not quite as many ; I 
can lend you one of each, 
however. 

Have the masons any more They have no more : they tell 
lime ? me they have no more sand. 

Did not you sell more um- I did not sell more than you ; 
brellas than I last summer? I sold, however, quite as 
many as you last month. 

Did you not buy more than I sold more than ninety last 
eighty last winter ? winter : I did not buy any. 

Is there any thing useful in There is nothing useful in it, 
this work? they say, however, there is 

something amusing in it. 

"What have you good in that I have a great many good 

things in it. 

The one I read this morning 
is quite as entertaining. 

I believe there is nobody 
guilty in it. 



basket? 

"What is there more enter- 
taining than this story? 

I am told* that you know 
nobody guilty in this af- 
fair. 

Is that man esteemed here ? 
{Turn "Does one esteem," 
&c.) 

What is there more amusing 
than drawing; why do 
you not practise it more ? 



He is neither loved nor es- 
teemed: he has neither 
friends nor enemies. 



I like neither drawing nor 
music : I would study both, 
however, if we had as 
many good masters here as 
we had last year ; but, my 
friend, neither drawing nor 
painting will make (rendre) 
me rich, nor you either. 

Q. What did your master ^say a little while ago when he 
looked over your exercise ? 

A. He said, "Not very good, not very good," and he passed 
on to another. 

Q. I see the clerk writing in the office ; has he copied all the 
letters I gave him this afternoon? 

A. Not yet ; when I gave them to him, he said, " No, sir, I 
will not copy them, I have no more steel pens." He 
is copying them now, however. 



• Tho active form must be used in French, thus : (People tell me), 

on. 






36 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

ADVERBS OF QUANTITY AND NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 



Enough. 


No. 


One more inkstand. 




Not any. 


No more inkstands. 


Much. 




A few words more. 


Very much. 


Not much. 


No more words. 


A great deaL 


.But little. 




Many. 


Not many. 


Quite as much. 


Very many. 


But few. 


Quite as many. 


How much. 


Not much more. 


Quite as much as. 


How many. 


Not many more. 


Not more than. 


So much. 


Little. 


Not more than 


So many. 


A little. 


(before a numeral). 


As much. 


Much. 


Something. "1 ^ . 


As many. 


Many. 


Any thing. g '& 




Very much. 


Nothing. V 3^ 


Less. 


Very many. 


What? jfg 




A great deal 


Nobody. J M 


Too much. 






Too many. 


Some more. 
Still some. 




No more. 


Some yet. 




Not any more. 






No longer any. 


Several. 




No longer any more. 









VOCABULARY. 




Fresh butter, 


beurre frais. 


Musician, 


musicien. 


Boarder, 


pensionnaire, m. f. 


Physician, 


medecin. 


To-morrow morning, 


demain matin. 


Patient, 


malade, m. £ 


Last month, 


le mois dernier or passe. 


Merit, 


merite, m. 


Last summer, 


Pete dernier. 


To borrow, 


emprunter. 


Last winter, 


VMver dernier. 


Sugar, 


sucre, m. 


Next week, 


la semaine prochaine. 


Tea, 


the, m. 


This year, 


cette annee-ci. 


Milk, 


lait, m. 


A month ago, 


il y a un mois. 


Steel-pen, 


plume metallique, I 


Formerly, 


autrefois. 


Box of caps 


, boile de capsules, f. 


Captain, 


capitaine. 


Shot, 


plomb, m. 


Ship, 


bdtiment, m., navire, m. 


Shot-bag, 


sac a plomb, m. 


Schooner, 
Fref 


goelette, f. 


Powder, 


poudre, f. 


fret, m. t. pr. 


Powder-flask, poire dpoudre, L 


Ballast, 


lest, m. t. pr. 


Wad, 


bourre, f. 


Carpenter, 


charpeniier. 


Each, 


chaque. 


Glue, 


colle, f. 


Mason, 


macon. 


Sand-paper, 


papier sable, m. 


Sand, 


sable, m. 


To spend, 


depenser. 


Lime, 


chaux, f. 


Five-franc piece, 


piece de cinq fi-ancs, f. 


Umbrella, 


parapluie, m. 


Office, 


bureau, m. 


Basket, 


panier, m. 


Business, 


affaires, f. pL 


Story, 


conte, m. 


Mechanic, 


artisan. 


Entertaining, agreable. 


Letter-paper, 


papier d lettres, m. 


Guilty, 


coupable. 


Painter, 


peintre. 


Affair, 


affaire, f. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



37 



TABLE XV. 

Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive Hood after 
them in French. 



Afin que. 
A moins que.* 
Avant que. 
Au cas que. 
Bien que. 
Encore que. 
De crainte que* 
Depeur que* 
En cas que. 
Excepte que. 
Jusqu'd ce que. 
Loin que. 
JVon que. 
JSFonpas que. 
Pas que. 
JSTonobstant que. 
Ce n'est pas que. 

^De maniere que. 

Malgre que, 
Moyennant que. 
Pourvu que. 
Pose que. 
Pourpeu que. 
Si petit que. 
Si peu que. 
Pour que. 

t, - - j_ 

, Sans que. 
Soit que. 
Suppose que. 
Si tant est que. 



ue. \ 

, [ 



That, to the end that. 

Unless. 

Before. 

In case that, if. 

Though, although. 

Though, although. 

For fear that, lest. 

For fear that, lest. 

If, in case that. 

Except. 

Till, until. 

Far from. 

Not that. 

Notwithstanding that. 

It is not to say that. 

\ may. 

Sothat > [might, 

followed by ) shoul(L 

Notwithstanding that. 
Provided. 
Provided that. 
, Suppose that. 

However little. 

In order that. 
Although. 
Without. 
Whether. 
Suppose that. 
If so be that. 



Que used by ellipsis 
for any of these con- 
junctions requires the 
subjunctive. 

* The conjunctions 

d moins que, 

de crainte que, 

de peur que, 

require ne before the 

verb, although the verb 

be used affirmatively ; 

pas is added if the 

verb be used negative- 

EXAJUPLE. 

Unless he send me 
the books. A moins 
quHl ne m'envoie les 



Lest he should re- 
turn. De crainte qu'il 
ne revienne. 

Lest he cut the 
wood. De peur qu'il 
ne coupe le bois. 

Lest he do not cut 
the wood. De peur 
qu'il ne coupe pas le 
bois. 



x 



«>0 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

REMARKS. 

1. When several verbs are governed by the same conjunction, that conjunction 
is placed before the first verb only, and que is placed before each of the others, 
as: 

Pourvu quHl vienne et quHl votes vote. 
Provided he come and see you. 

2. In French, the foregoing conjunctions serve to connect two verbs; one may 
be styled the governing or leading verb ; the other, immediately after the conjunction, 
may be styled the governed or subordinate verb, and must be in the subjunctive, 
irrespective of the mood used in English. 

The subordinate verb, however, is in the infinitive, when the action it expresses 
refers to and is performed by the nominative of the leading verb, — in other words, 
when the two verbs have the same nominative, as : 

He did it for fear he should lose. II le fit de peur de perdre. 

APPLICATION. 

Table No. 15. Conjunctions requiring- the Subjunctive. 

That. I send you my book, in order that you may study it. 

To the end that. I gave him money, in order that he might buy books. 

Unless. She will not go unless you accompany her. 

Before. I shall go out before she goes away. 

In case that. If. If you had what you have not, would you be satisfied? 

Although. Although your brother is idle, he makes some progress. 

Though. That man looks sad, although he has a great deal of money, 

and receives encouraging letters. 
For fear that. Do not give him the knife, for fear he may cut himself. 
Lest. Shut the cage, lest the bird fly away. 

Except. Cannot that man remain until I sell the goods ? 

Till, until I cannot go to town until your brother goes (go) away. 

Provided. I shall love you provided you are (be) my friend. 

Without. He does it without your perceiving it. 

Whether. Whether you are right or wrong, you will never succeed in 

it. 

He did it for fear of losing. 

He did it for fear I should lose. 

Provided he come and see you. 

If he come and perceive you, he will speak to you and to your 
mother. 

Do not commence until your children go away. 

He does not learn well, although he is diligent and takes pains. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 39 

He 'will not learn unless he be diligent and take pains. 
I will not sing until your sister shall have gone away. 
Very we'll, she says she will net go away until you sing. 
I shall do it so that you may be satisfied. 
I cannot study unless he send me my books. 

TABLE XVI. 

Supplying Words in the Answer. 

By an examination of the elementary exercises appended to each Table, it will 
be observed that up to this period of instruction, the use of supplying words in the 
answers has been avoided. The Objective Pronouns being well understood by the 
pupil, the various modes of supplying in the answer are now explained by the in- 
structor, and as a practical application of the principles to be observed, the Tables 
are reviewed, written out entirely from memory, and the answers construed witl* 
the appropriate supplying words indispensable in the .French construction. 



Table I. The Definite Article: 


questions. * 


ANSWERS. 


Have you the master's book ? 


I have not. 


Did you give the house to the man ? 


I did not ; your father did. 


Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? 


He has not. 


Have the generals seen the arsenals ? 


They have. 


Will the children have the gloves ? 


They will not ; the servants will. 


Did you not give the jewels to the mar 


I did not. 


shals ? 




Was the clerk at the bank ? 


He was not 


Table H. The Indefinite Article. 


Have I a handkerchief? 


You have one. 


Hast thou a house ? 


I have. 


Has he a friend ? 


He has. 


Has she a card ? 


She has. 


Have we a carpet ? 


Tou have. 


Have they an admiral ? 


They have. 


3^ With an . 


Adjective. 


Have I a good handkerchief? 


Tou have. 


Have I good handkerchiefs ? 


You have. 


Hast thou a large house ? . 


I have. 


Hast thou large houses ? 


I have. 



■XX 



40 TABULAE SYSTEM. 

Table H. The Indefinite Article. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWER& 

Had we not given a table to the lady ? You had. 

Have you read a novel ? I have. 

Had they not sent a horse to the house ? They had. 

Would you not have a house ? I would. 

Have you thrown a stone in the weii ? I have. 

Table UL The Partitive Article. 
Have they added wine to water ? They have not 

"Would they not have given you wine and They would not. 

water ? 
Have you had apples ? I have not. 

Have you no bread ? . I have none. 

Ho has meat, has he not ? (rtest-ce pas f) He has none now ; he will have some 

presently. 

Table HI. The Partitive Article. 

Have you any good wine ? I have none good. 

Have you good or bad water ? I have some good ; I never have any bad. 

Will you have good books to-day? I shall have good ones to-morrow. 

Would he not have had excellent bread ? He would. 

Has that young man any good horses ? He has not. 



Table IY. Demonstrative Conjunctive. 

Is this wine old ? It is. 

Is this woman sick ? She is not. 

Is not this bird pretty? It was; it is not now. 

Are not those men's horses good ? They were; they are not now.. 

Is that glass broken ? It is. 

Is not that bottle clean? It is not. 

Is that man's son tall? He is not yet. 

Table IY. Demonstrative Conjunctive. 

Are not these children obedient ? They are. 

Have you given this money to that man ? I have. 

Wa3 not this bird in that cage ? It was not. 

Were those men with these ? They were. 

Are those generals prudent ? They always are. 

Table Y. The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive. 

Would you not have opened this door ? I would. 

Have you shut that shutter? I have not; I will presently. 

Has she not broken that board? She has not. 






TABULAE SYSTEM. 41 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Have you spoken of those merchants ? I have. 

Have you spoken to those merchants ? I have not. 

. Table Y. The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive. 

Have they given bread to those children ? They have. 

Is that pen good ? It is. 

Are those houses bad? They are not. 

Had you not that one ? I had not. 

When will they have those; will they They will; they will have these the 
have them to-morrow? day after to-morrow. 

Table VL The Demonstratives Celui qui and Celui que. 

Have you the one I had yesterday? I have. 

Had you spoken of the one he had this I had. 

morning? 

Have they spoken to the one I had seen They have. 

yesterday ? 

Have you those that I had yesterday? I have not 

Had not your brother spoken of those He had. 

you had this morning? 

Table IX. Possessive Pronoun Conjunctive. 

Are my clerks in my friend's store ? They were ; they are not .now. 

[s my brother's inkstand on the table ? It was ; it is not now. 

Is not my sister's box in her drawer? It was this morning. 

Is his son sick ? He is not. 

Are her sons sick ? They are. 

Are his trunks in his carriage ? They were an hour ago. 

Es her trunk in her carriage ? It is not. 

Table IX. Possessive Pronoun Conjunctive. 

Is his door shut? It is not: it will be presently. 

Do you speak of her husband ? I do. 

Do you speak of his wife? I do not. 

Have you spoken to his uncle? I have not; I will presently. 

Is our house large ? It is ; it is larger than yours. 

Are your rooms small ? They are; they are very small. 

Is your cap in your box ? It is not now. 

Are our guns clean? They were ; they are not now. 

Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 

Masculine Singular. 

Is mine good ? It was ; it is not now. 



42 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



QUESTIONS. 


ANSWERS. 


Are you speaking of mine? 


I am. 


Does lie give water to mine ? 


He does not 


Masculine Plural. 




Are mine good? 


They were; they are not now 


Are you speaking of mine ? 


"We are not. 


Does he give bread to mine? 


He does not 



Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 

Masculine Singular. 



Is thine here ? 


It is. 


Is he speaking of thine ? 


He is. 


Has he sent seed to thine? 


He has. 


Masculine Plural. 




Are not thine here ? 


They are not 


Is she speaking of thine ? 


She is not 


Have they sent seed to thine? 


They have. 



^v 



.Table X. 
Feintnme Singular. 



Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 



Was his here yesterday ? 
Was I speaking of his ? 
Have you given water to his ? 

Femi n in e Plural. 

Were his here this morning ? 
Was he speaking of his ? 
Have they given hay to his? 



It was not. 
Tou were. 
I have not ; I will soon 

They were. 

He was not 

Not yet; they will 



Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
Masculine Singular. 



Is hers in the parlor? 

Shall I speak of hers? 

Has he given a book to hers? 

Masculine- Plural. 
Are hers in the drawer ? 
Have you spoken of hers? 
Have you spoken to hers ? 



It was ; it is not now. 

Do not. 

Not yet; he will presently. 

They were this morning. 

I have not. 

Not yet; I will presently. 



Table X Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
Masculine Singular. 
Is not ours there ? I believe it is. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 43 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Were you speaking of ours? I was. 

Does he give money to ours ? He does sometimes. 

Masculine Plural 

Are not ours on the desk ? They are. 

Would you speak of ours ? I would. 

Do they give money to ours? • They do sometimes. 

Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
Masculine Singular. 

Is yours sold? Not yet; it will be to-morrow. 

Has he sold a little of yours ? He has. 

Have you added water to yours? I have. 

Masculine Plural. 

Are yours sold ? They are. 

Has he sold two of yours ? He has sold one. 

Have you added wine to yours ? I have ; I shall add more presently. 



Table X. 


Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 


Feminine Singular. 




Have you seen theirs ? 


I have not. 


Do you speak of theirs? 


I never do. 


Shall I give hay to theirs ? 


Do. 


Feminine Plural. 




Were theirs good? 


They were; they are not now 


Shall I speak of theirs ? 


Do not. 


Give water to theirs. 


I have already. 



>< 



Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. . 

CONJUGATION. 

To breakfast. You are breakfasting, are you not ? I am not ; I am dining. 

(n'est-ce pas?) 

To dine. Thou wast dining, wast thou not ? Yes, I was ; your bro- 

ther was also. 
To walk. She will walk, will she not ? She will with crutches. 

To talk. People would talk, would they not? They would, a great 

deal. 
To try. They have tried, have they not ? They have, twice. 

To finish. They had finished, had they not? They had not at one 

o'clock. 

Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 

1KOOND CONJUGATION. 

To succeed. I always succeed, do I not ? You seldom do. 

To act. Thou wast acting for him, wast thou not ? I was. 

To establish. He established a store, did he not ? He did. 



u 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

To perish. She will perish, will she not ? She will not 

To obey. "Would not people obey ? They would not 

( They would have applauded, would they They would. 
( not? 



To applaud. 



Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 

To deceive. You deceive everybody, do you not ? I do. 

w n TOm ; M i Tnou wast receiving money, wast thou I was. 
10 receive. -j nQt? 



To owe. 



j He owed money to everybody, did he He did. 
( not? 



m. ,„„„;_„ j People would receive the news to-mor- They would. 
io receive. -j. r0Wj would they no t ? 

m_ „„•_- j They have received the goods, have they They have not. 
io receive. -j not? 

Table XII. Personal Pronouns. Nominative and Objective. 



POTTETII CONJUGATION. 

To hear. I hear the man, do I not ? 

Thou wast waiting, wast thOu not? 
He answered the letters last year, did he 



To wait. 
To answer. 



"j not? (a) 

To sell. She will sell her goods, will she not? 

To descend. "Will people descend to those means ? 

( The soldiers would defend the fort, would 
I they not? 



To defend. 



You do. 
I was not 
No, he did not 

Yes, she wiL. 
No, they will not 
They would. 



Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 



"Will he not give me to another master? 
"Will he not sell thee soon? 
He has sold it, has he not ? 
"Will they not take us to the house ? 
"Was she not giving it to her mistress ? 
You had them in your pocket, had you 
not? 



He will next year. 

He will next week. 

He has not, he never will. 

They will. 

She was. 

I had; I had some in my desk 



Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nomtnattve and Objective. 



He hears me, does he not ? 

Do I not hear thee? 

He receives her in the morning, does he 

not? (le matin) 

"Would you not have sold it dear ? 
You would defend them, would you not? 
Does she hear him ? 
They have received them, have they not ? 



He does not. 

You do not now. 

He never does in the morning. 

I would. 

"We always should. 

She does, up stairs, (en haut.) 

They have down stairs, (en las.) 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



45 



Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 

answers. 



QUESTIONS. 

He will give me the best books, will he 

not? 
He will sell the best books to thee, will 

he not ? 
Shall I speak to him to-morrow ? 
You spoke to her yesterday, did you not ? 
You gave her lessons last year, did you 

not? 
He gives us water, does he not? 
We sell you wine, don't we ? 



He wilL 

He will not 

Do. 

I did. 

I did ; I shall this year also. 

He does sometimes. 
Tou never do. 



Table XH. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 



Does she not sell him good cloth? 
"Would he not have sold them shoes and 

stockings ? 
Had you not lent her several old books? 
When will you lend her money ? 

When will they sell him goods ? 



She sometimes does. 
He would not. 

I had. 

I have none to lend. 
d 

They have none to selL 
d 



Table XXL 

Do not give her to another master. 
Do not send them to the store. 
Do not observe us. 
Sell me a good horse. 
Apply this observation to yourself. 
Give him a better pen. 
Do not give him a bad pen. 
Show them the black coats. 



Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 

I will not. 

I have already. 

I will not. 

IwilL 

IwilL 

I will not give him a bad one. 

I have already given him a bad one, 

I will, and the blue also. 



Table xn. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 

Sell me to another master. I will not. 

Render thyself capable. I will. 

Give it to the girl I will. 

Give her to a better mistress. I wilL 

Observe us. We do. 

Render yourself skilfuL I have already. 

Send them to the store. We have already. 

Carry them to the bank. I have already. 

Show them to the women. We have already. 

Do not sell me to another. I will not. 



46 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Table, xn. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 



Sell her the sweet oranges. 
Do not sell her the sour ones. 
Bring her the best oranges. 
Do not bring her the best. 
Give us money. 
Do not give us any. 
Give yourself trouble, {peine, €) 
Show them the gardens. 
Send them the flowers. 



IwilL 

I will not. 

I have already. 

I will not 

I will. 

I will not. 

IwilL 

I will presently, (tout d Vheure) 

I will this evening. 



Table XTT. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
Do not sell her the sweet oranges. I will not. 



Do not bring her the sour apples. 
Do not give us any trouble. 
Do not show them your gardens. 
Do not send them the pretty flowers. 



"We will not. 
Why should I? 
"Why should I not? 
"Why should we not? 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 47 

TABLE XVII. 

The Numeral Adjectives and their Pronunciation. 

Tho pronunciation of French Numeral Adjectives being very arbitrary, thia 
table has been framed for the purpose of familiarizing the student with a difficulty 
not satisfactorily explained in any grammar for the use of English pupils. 



the 
cardinal 

NUMBERS. 



PRONUNCIATION OP THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



When not 
followed 

by a noun 

or 
adjective. 



Isolated. 



At the end 

of a 
sentence. 



Before a Noun or Adjective commencing with a 



Consonant or 
h aspirated. 



Vowel or 
h mute. 



THE 
CARDINAL 

NUMBRR8. 



un. 

une. 
deux, 
trois. 
quatre. 

cinq. 

six. 

sept. 

huit. 

neuf. 

dix. 

i 

onze* 

douze. 

treize. 

quatorze. 

quinze. 

seize. 

dix-sepi 
dix-huit. 
dix-ncuf. 
vingt. 



un (nasal) 

u-ne. 

deu. 

troi. 

qua-tre. 



g cink. 
~siss. 
eset. < 
fcjiuit. 
2 neuf. 
£ diss. 



u-ne 
deu 
troi 
qua-tre 

tin 

si 

se 

hui 

neu 

di 



couteau. 

fourchette. 

tosses. 

soucoupes. 

cuilleres. 

carafes. 

verres. 

rasoirs. 

miroirs. 

gants. 

homards. 



un n 

un } 

deuz 

troiz 

quatr 1 



oiseau, m. 
abeille, f. 
eponges. 
hivers. 

iles. 



g cink 
§ siz 
a set 
%huit 
« neuv 

.5 diz 

Jm 



arbres. 

habits. 

individus. 

inondations. 

hommes. 

uniformes. 



vingt-un. 

vingt-deux. 

vingt-trois. 

vingt-quatre. 

vingt-cinq. 

vingt-six. 

vingt-sept. 

vingt-huit. 

vingt-neuf. 

The g of vingt is 

dropped, but the t is 

sounded from 21 to 

29. 



onze. 

douze. 

treize. 

quatorze. 

quinze. 

seize. 



onze paysans. 

douze pas. 

treize voitures. 

quatorze chemins. 

quinze voiles, 

seize navires. 



diss-set. 
di-zuit. 
diz-neuf. 
vin. 



diss-se pelles. 

di-zui balais. 

diz-neu malles. 

vin plumes. 



onz 

douz 1 

treiz 1 

quatorz 1 

quinz 1 

seiz 1 



hopitaux. 

objets. 

etoiles. 

endroits. 

ceufs. 



diss-set oies. 

di-zuit assiettes. 

diz-neuv amis, 

vint ' eglises. 



trente. 
trente-un, &c. 



quarante. 
quarante-un, &c. 



cinquanie. 
cinquante-i 



,&o 



soixante. 
soixante-un, &c. 
The x of soixante. 
pronounced as ss. 



♦Monosyllables, such as le, la, de, que, which undergo elision before words commencing with 
a vowel or h mute, uadergo none before onze ; nor must any final consonant be carried to this 
word in pronunciation. This rule applies to onzieme, 11th. 



Le onze de ce cadran est efface. 
La onzieme lettre est mal formee. 
Les onze pommes etaient bonnes. 
Je parle de onze soldats. 
Je"parle des onze officiers. 



EXAMPLES. 

The eleven on that dial-plate is effaced. 
The eleventh letter is badly formed. 
The eleven apples were good. 
I speak of eleven soldiers. 
I speak of the eleven officers. 






48 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Vous n'avez que onze francs. You have but eleven francs. 

Nous etions onze a, table. We were eleven, at table. 

II a deux onziemes dans cette affaire. He has two elevenths in that affair. 

N'aurez-vouspas onze cents francs leonzedu Will you not have eleven hundred francs 
mois 1 on the eleventh of the month ? 



70 



BEFOBE A CONSONANT. BEFORE A VOWEU 



70 soixante-dix. 


8* 


h.B d 


lieutenants. 


etendards. m. 


71 soixante-onze. 


*3 a 


caporaux. 


escadrons. m. 


72 soixante-douze. 


sergents. 


aides ae camp. 


73 soixante-treize. 


i § § g 


tambours. 


a/Sfar. m. 


74 soixante-quatorze. 


J 8*3 8 


dragons. 


ordres. m. 


75 soixante-quinze. 




chasseurs. 


ara^-awa;. 


76 soixante-seize. 


o^ 2*8 


cuirassiers. 


ancres. f. 


77 soixante-dix-sept. 


w 53 to O 
8 © 


hussdrds. 


arsenaux. m. 


78 soixante-dix-huit. 


5 A © *t» 


colonels. 


epiciers. 


79 soixante-dix-neuf. J 


g^" 


capitaines. 


ebenistes. 


80 

80 quatre-vingt. s* 


l^ a § 


generaux.' 


orfevrcs. 


81 quatre-vingt-un. 


0} +a w 

r3 59 ■** 


majors. 


ouvriers. 


82 quatre-vingt-deux. 


GO ^ to c3 


fusils, m. 


imprimeurs. 


83 quatre-vingt-trois. 


S* 03 2 S 


canons, m. 


acteurs. 


84 quatre-vingl-quatre. 


•S © 2. 


pistolets. m. 


actrices. 


85 quatre-vingt-cinq. 


3 a g 

e«-i o 3 ft 


balks, f. 


avocats. 


86 quat">vingt-six. 


°-£> rt, 8 


boulets. m. 


Anglais. 


87 quatre-vingt-sept. 


"^o ©^ 


baionnettes. t 


Anglaises. 


88 quatre-vingt-huit 




sabres, m. 


Americains. 


89 qualre-vingt-neuf. 


grenadiers. 


Americaines. 


90 

90 quatre-vingt-dix 


4i +» • 

S o S 


landers. 


Allemands. 


91 quatre-vingt-onze. 


.2 £ 2 


sapeurs. 


Allemandes. 


92 quatre-vingt-douze. 


it, the 
a of pro 


cavaliers. 


Etpagnols. 


93 quatre-vingt-treize. 


fantassins. 


Espagnoles. 


94 quatre-vingt-quatorze. 


musiciens. 


Ecossais. 


95 quatre-vingt-quinze. 


^i!^ 


fifres. 


Ecossaises. 


96 quatre-vingt-seize. 


°toS a 


tirailleurs. 


Jtaliens. Italiennes. 


97 quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 


uo.a-s 


pelotons. m. 


Indlens. 


98 quatre-vingt-dix-huit. 


s^s-S 


m regiments, m. 


Europeens. 


99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 


g 


compagnies. f. 


Europeennes. 


100 cenfc 200 Deux cent. 


300 


trois cent s.\ 


101 cen£ wn. Ztewx cew£. 


\f 400 


quatre cent s. 


102 cent deux 201 deux cent un. 500 


cinq cent s. 


103 centtrois. 202 deux cent deux. 600 


six cent s. 



* Vmgt in quatre-vingt takes an « when followed by a noun. In pronunciation, the letters gU 
remain silent when quatre-vingts is pronounced alone, at the end of a sentence, or before a noun 
beginning with a consonant. Before a noun beginning with a vowel or h mute, the final s is 
carried to the vowel ; the letters gt still remaining silent, as : Bendes-lui ses quatre-vingis ecu*. 

f As explained hereafter. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



49 



104 


cent quatre. 


203 


deux cent trois. 


TOO 


sept cent s. 


105 


cent cinq. 


204 


deux cent quatre. 


800 


huit cents. 


106 


cent six, &c. 


205 


deux cent cinq, &c. 


900 


neuf cent s. 


1000 


mille. 


2000 


deux miUe. 


5000 


cinq mille. million a. 


1001 


milk un. 


3000 


trois mille. 


6000 


mx mille. billion s. 


1002 


mitte deux, &c. 


4000 


quatre mille. 


7000 


sept mitte, &c. trillions. 



Pronunciation op Cent. 



CENT — t SILENT. 


CENT — t SILENT. 


CENT — t PRONOUNCED. 


' 1. Isolated. 

2. When not followed by 
a noun or adjective. 

3. At the end of a sen- 
tence. 

4. Before another number. 


Before a noun or adjective 
commencing with a con- 
sonant, or h aspirated. 


Before a noun or adjec- 
tive commencing with 
a vowel, or h mute. 


Ex. Ne repetez pas cent et 

ccntfois la meme chose. 
Pretez-mHen cent. 
Ten ai cent un. 


Envoyez-moi cent pommiers. 

ers. 
Vendez-lui cent beaux ro- 

siers. 
Elles ont visite cent ha- 

meaux. 


Le jardinier veut planter 
cent arbres. 

Le onziemz regiment a per- 
du cent hommes. 

Varmee possede cent in- 
trepides chefs. 


PRONUNCIATION OP CENTS. 


CENTS — fe SILENT. 


CENTS — ts SILENT. 


CENT 8 i * SILENT > AND THE 

\ S CONNECTED AS Z. 


1. When not followed by 
a noun or adjective. 

2. At the end of a sen- 
tence. 

3. Isolated. 


Before a noun or adjective 
commencing with a con- 
sonant, or h aspirated. 


Before a noun or adjec- 
tive commencing with 
a vowel, or h mute. 


Ex Paul a plante de beaux 
pommiers, il en aura plus 
de deux cents au bdut de 
trois ans. 

Moi, fen ai neuf cents. 


Nous avons ports sept cents 
francs a la banque de 
France. 

Le quincaillier vous vendra 
deux cents haches ethuit 
cents bonnes beches. 


Nous aurions tue deux cents 
abuettes si nous avians 
eu de la poudre et du 
plomb. 

Pourquoi ne vendez-vous 
pas vos six mille neuf 
cents anciens manuscrits? 



USE OP HYPHEN. 

All adjectives of number are connected by hyphens, from dix-sept to quatre-vingt- 
dix-neuf without exception, whether used alone or connected with higher numbers* 
In other combinations the hyphen is omitted. 

UN, VINQT, AND CENT (when declinable). 



Cardinal numbers are indechnable, except un, quatre-vingt and cent 
Un makes une in the feminine. 
4 



x 






50 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

Vingt (in quatre-vtngt) and cent take the plural s, either when they occur imme- 
diately before a substantive, or when they refer to one previously mentioned or 
immediately understood after them, provided they be preceded by another number 
multiplying them. 

APPLICATION. 

Q. Avez-vous deux livres de Sucre, ou den Q. Have you two pounds of sugar, or 

avez-vous qu'une t have you but one ? 

A. Je Tien ai qu'une. A. I have but one. 

Quatre-vingts virions et quatre-vingts archets. Eighty violins and eighty bows. 
Deux cents officiers et neuf cents soldats. 200 officers and 900 soldiers. 

Q. Avaient-ils trois cents estampes? Q. Had they 300 prints ? 

A. Us n'en avaient que quatre-vingts. A. They had but eighty. 

Q. Votre cousine en a-t-elle deux cents? Q. Has your cousin 200 ? 

A. Elk en a quatre ou cinq cents. A. She has four or five hundred. 

Nous ne sommes que quatre-vingts a present, We are but eighty now, but shall soon 

mais nous serons Uentot deux cents {per- be 200 (persons). 

sonnes understood). 

But we should write nous etions cent. "We were one hundred (persons), and not 
Tents ; because in this case only one hundred is mentioned. 

NOT DECLINABLE. 

Quatre-vingt and cent, when immediately followed by another number, do not take 
«he plural s : as, 

Trois cent quatre-vingt-cinq dollars. 385 dollars. 

Vingt and cent, although multiplied by another number, do not take the plural s 
in dates, for the reason that in such cases they refer to a noun singular, and are 
used in the place of the ordinal numbers, as in the next example, cent for centieme 
and quatre-vingt for quatre-vingticme. 

Van sept cent quatre-vingt. In the year 180. 

Charlemagne fut proclame Empereur, Van huitcent. 

Charlemagne was proclaimed Emperor in 800, in the year 800. 

Mil instead of Mile. 
MUle is curtailed into Mil in the computation of years of the Christian era. 

Ex. Mil huit cent cinquante-huit, or ) -p. .. „ ■,„ A „ nA A flf . - • V4 . 

Dix-huit cent cinquante-huit. \ El S hteen hundred and ***■*&*- 

A HUNDRED — ONE HUNDRED, &C. 

Un is not prefixed to cent and milk ; thus we translate, 

A hundred. ) , . A hundred brushes. cent brosses. 

One hundred, j" y n ' One hundred combs. cent peignes. 

[by 



A thousand. ) , .,, A thousand miles. miUe miUes. 

One thousand. \ ^ im & ' One thousand leagues. miUe lieues. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



51 



AND, NOT EXPRESSED. 

The English conjunction and, used with 100 and 1,000, is not expressed in French 
<rith the cardinal numbers : as, 
Cent vingt-une caisses, contenant dix milk One hundred and twenty-one boxes, con- 

dix volumes. taining ten thousand and ten volumes. 

Say and write, nevertheless, mille etun, and not mffl&ttn, 1001. 

ELEVEN HUNDRED, TWELVE y HUNDRED, &C. 

It is good French to say onze cent, douze cent, &c, as far as dix-neuf cent ; but 
after that, the words deux mille must be used to express two thousand, &c. Dix 
cent cannot be substituted for mille. 

NUMBERS NOT TO BE REVERSED. 

The numbers cannot be reversed. Five and twenty must be translated into 
French by vingt-cinq. 

MILLION. 

Million is followed by the preposition de, of, as in English. It takes s in the 
plural, as : cinq millions de francs. 

Of the Ordinal Numbers. 





premier. 


m. s. 




premiere. 


f. s. 


First 


premiers. 


m. pL 




premieres. 


f.pL 




jimieme. 






'second.* 


m. s. 


Second. 


seconde. 
seconds. 


f. s. 
m. pL 




secondes. 


f.pl. 


Third. 


' troisiemc. 




Fourth. 


quatrieme. 




Fifth. 


cinquieme. 




Sixth. 


sixieme. 




Seventh. 


septieme. 




Eighth. 


huitieme. 




Ninth. 


neuvieme. 




Tenth. 


dixieme. 




Eleventh. 


onzieme. 




Twelfth. 


douzieme. 




Thirteenth. 


treizieme. 





Remark 1. Premier is only made use 
of for the very first of a series, and unieme 
after another number : as, 
Twenty-first. Yingt-unieme. 
Thirty-first. Trente-unieme. 

Remark 2. Second is only used for 
the second of a series. Deuxieme is also 
used in such cases, but it is the only one 
of the two that can succeed another num- 
ber: as, 

Thirty-second. Trente-deuxieme. 
fc Forty-second. Quarante-deuxieme. 

Remark 3. It will be very easy now 
to proceed with the Ordinal Numbers, as 
the rest are formed from the cardinal by 
adding iemc; and if the cardinal number 
ends in e mute, that e is cut off and ieme 
added to the preceding consonant. 

Remark 4. Fifth and Ninth make 
cinquieme and neuvieme, as in the margin. 

Remark 5. The Ordinal Numbers, with 
the exception of premier and second, are of 
both genders, and take an s in the plural 

The pronunciation of the Cardinal Numbers will serve as a key to that of the 
Ordinal Numbers, and for a complete list of the latter see Levizac's Gram- 
mar, page 58. 



The c in second is pronounced as a g. 



(K 



52 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Observation. 

In the application of the preceding Table, we call the attention of the scudent to 
the use of the pronoun en entering into the construction of the French phrase. 
Place must be supplied by y. The attention of the learner is likewise directed to 
the peculiar mode of rendering the past tense. The following examples will serve 
as an illustration. 

Q. Did you not lend him two books this 
morning ? 

A. I lent him five. 



Ne lui avez-vous pas prete deux litres 
ce matin f 



Q. Did you not put nine bills in the 
drawer? 

A. I put ten in it. 



Je lui en ai prete cinq. 

ITavez-vouz pas mis neuf billets dans 
le tiroir ? 

JTy en ai mis dix. 



X 



APPLICATION. 






QUESTIONS. 

1. How many peaches have you ? 

2. What did you put in the large basket 
this morning? 

3. What did you put in* the small one? 



L Did your brother and your cousin cut 
down many trees this morning? 



i. What trees did you cut down? 



6. Did you cut down any others ? 



1. Did not your clerk give ten dollars to 
each workman to-day? 



ANSWERS. 

I have but one; my brother has two 
and my sister has four or five. 

I put in it one ham, two loaves, three 
forks, four knives, and five cups. 

I put in it one towel two sponges, 
three oranges, and a case containing 
four pins and five needles. 

My brother cut down six, my cousin cut 
down seven, the servant who helped 
us cut down eight, I cut down nine, 
and the coachman ten. 

We cut down six birch, seven cedar, 
eight oak, nine ash, and ten pine trees. 

We cut down, moreover, six elm, seven 
maple, eight yew, nine alder, and ten 
orange trees. 

He gave more than ten to each ; to the 
mason he gave eleven, to the carpen- 
ter twelve, to the blacksmith thirteen, 
to the plumber fourteen, and to the 
slater fifteen. 



3. What did Robert take out of his trunk, 
when he opened it this afternoon ? 



He took out of it eleven copy-books, 
twelve quills, thirteen pencils, fourteen 
penknives, and fifteen sticks of seal- 
ing wax. 

9. Did you see him put any thing into it? I saw him put into it sixteen inkstands, 

twelve sketches, thirteen epaulets, 
fourteen swords, and fifteen matches. 
For exercise at the black-board, the remaining cardinal numbers will be com- 
bined with the words of the next vocabulary. 



i- 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



53 



N. It will be observed that the first answer upon the slips contains numbers not 
connected with nouns ; the second, numbers connected with nouns beginning with 
a consonant, and the third, numbers connected with nouns beginning with a vowel 
In this manner the three phases of pronunciation are fully exemplified at th i 
black-board. 





VOCABULARY. 




Dial-plate ; 


cadran, m. 


Slater, 


couvrewr. 


Letter, 


httre, f. 


Cabinet-maker, 


ebeniste. 


Affair, 


affaire, f. 


Printer, 


imprimeur. 


Peach, 


peche, f. 


Grocer, 


epicier. 


Basket, 


panier, m. 


Clerk, 


commis. 


Ham, 


jambon, m. 


Emperor, 


empereur. 


Fork, 


fourchette, f. 


General, 


general. 


Knife, 


couteau, m. , • 


Major, 


major. 


Cup, 


tasse, f. 


Aid, 


aide de camp. 


Towel, 


essuie-main, m. 


Captain, 


capitaine. 


Sponge, 


eponge, m. 


Lieutenant, 


lieutenant. 


Case, 


etui, m. 


Sergeant, 


sergent. 


Needle-case, 


etui a aiguilles, m. 


Corporal, 


caporal. 


Pincushion, 


pelote, f. 


Drummer, 


tambour. 


Servant, 


domestique, m. f. 


National Guard, 


garde nationale. 


Coachman, 


cocker. 


Author, 


auteur. 


Birch-tree, 


bouleau, m. 


Trunk, 


malle, f. 


Cedar, 


cedre, m. 


Copy-book, 


colder, m. 


Oak, 


chene, m. 


Pen, 


plume, f. 


Ash, 


frene, m. 


Pencil, 


crayon, m. 


Pine, 


pin, m. 


Penknife, 


canif, m. 


Elm, 


orme, m. 


Stick of sealing ( bdton de cire d 


Maple, 


erable, m. 


wax, 


( cacheter. 


Tew, 


if, m. 


Inkstand, 


encrier, m. 


Alder, 


aune, m. 


Sketch, 


esquisse, f. 


Orange-tree, 


oranger, m. 


Epaulet, 


epaulette, f. 


Flower, 


Jleur, f. 


Sword, 


epee. 


Band, 


espece, f. 


Match, 


allumetie, f. 


Dahlia, 


dahlia, m. 


Arm, 


arme, f. 


Rose, 


rose, f. 


Article, 


objet, m. 


Violet, 


violeite, f. 


Squadron, 


escadron, m. 


Daisy, 


marguerite, f. 


Standard, 


etendard, m 


Tulip, 


tulipe, f. 


Gun-carriage, 


affat, m. 


Amaranth, 


amarante, f. 


Musket, 


fusil, m. 


Heliotrope, 


heliotrope, m. 


Bayonet, 


baionnette, i. 


Peter, 


Pierre. 


Sabre, 


sabre, m. 


Julia, 


Julie. 


Brother-in-law, 


beau-frere, n. 


John, 


Jean. 


Sister-in-law, 


belU-soeur. 


Mary, 


Marie. 


Aunt, 


tante. 


Paul, 


Paul. 


Volume, 


volume, m. 


Mason, 


macon. 


Pamphlet, 


brochure, f. 


Carpenter, 


charpentier. 


Book of travels, 


livre de voyages, m. 


Blacksmith, 


forgeron. 


Sum, 


somme, f. 


Plumber, 


plombier. 


Month, 


mois, m. 



54 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Print, 


estampe, f. 


Sometimes, 


quelquefois. 


Colored, 


enlumine. 


As many as, 


jusqu'd. 


Purse, 


bourse, f. 


Yesterday evening, hier soir. 


Mantel-piece, 


cheminee. 


To-morrow even 


> demain soir. 


Arctic regions, 


regions arctiques. 


tog, 


Cholera, 


cholera, m. 


The day before 


i 1 
t avant hier. 


Profit, 


benefice, m. 


yesterday, 


Sugar, 


Sucre, m. 


Afternoon, 


apres-midi, f. 


Violin, 


violon, m. 


Next month, 


le mois prochain. 


Bow, 


archet, m. 


In the course of ) dans le courant de 


First string, 


chanterelle, f. 


the year, 


) Vannee. 


Safe, 


coffre de sti,r etc, m. 


"Weekly part, 


livraison hebdomadaire 


Cents, 


cents. 


In all, 


en tout. 


Corsican, 


Corse. 


Besides, 


outre. 


St Helena, 


Sainte Helene. 


Also, 


aussi. 


Comb, 


peigne, m. 






Brush, 


brosse, f. 


VERBS. 


Fan, 


eventail, m. 


TO cut, 


couper. 


Courier, 


courrier. 


To help, 


aider. 


Mile, 


mille, m. 


To pay out, 


compter. 


Partner, 


associe. 


To issue, 


distribuer. 


Inhabitant, 


habitant, m. 


To have just, 


venir de. 






To efface, 


effacer. 


There they are, 


les voild. 


To add, 


ajouter. 


Here they are, 


les void. 


To crown, 


couronner. 


Moreover, 


ev,core. 


To have to, 


avoir d. 


Yes we did, 


si fait. 


To lose, 


perdre. 


Something, 


quelque chose. 


To include, 


comprendre. 


Viz., namely, 


savoir. 


To contain, 


renfermer. 




NO. 


XVIII. 




use op IT avoir, there to be, 


t TIME AND 
IN PHRASES RELATING TO j ^^^ 



TIME. 
The different tenses of the verb to be, accompanied by the adverb there, are ex- 
pressed in French by those of y avoir, as : 

There is a one-dollar note on the mantel- H y aun billet d'un dollar sur la cheminee. 

piece. 
There are two two-dollar notes in my II y a deux billets de deux dollars dans 

vest-pocket. la poche de rnon gilet. 

In these and analogous cases, the verb must be used in the singular in French, 
whether it be in the singular or plural in English ; but the impersonal il y a, cannot 
be rendered into English by there is, there are, when it is used in reply to the ques- 
tion : How long is it since ? which question must itself be rendered by : Combien 
de temps y a-t-il que, &c. ? or, Combien y a-t-il que, &c. f 
How long is it since you breakfasted ? Combien y a-t-il que vous avez dejeune t 

It is long since, &c, is therefore rendered by, II y a longtemps que, &c. 
EXAMPLES. 
It is long since I dined. By a longtemps que fai dine. 

It is a great while since. II y a tres longtemps. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 55 

It is a short time since. II y a peu de temps. 

It is a year since. II y aun an. 

It is only a year since. II riy a qu'un an. 

It is more than a year since. II y a plus d'un an. 

It is hardly six months since. II y a a peine six mois. 

AGO. 

Half an hour ago. ) T1 ■, . , 

This half hour \ n * a une de ™- heur * 

The°se 7 two yfars. } ** a deux ans ' 
A fortnight ago. II y a quinze jours. 

use op IT avoir. 

In English, the state of existence or of action, when in its duration, is always 
expressed in the perfect tense, while in French it is expressed by the present tense, 
in phrases of the following nature : 

Have you been long in France ? Ya-t-il longtemps que vous etes en France 1 

For: Have you been long in France? implies that you are still there: say then 
in French, que vous etes, and not que vous avez ete, which would mean that you are 
no longer at the place. 

EXAMPLES. 



He has been in Paris these three 
years. 



ylly a trois ans quHl est d Paris. 

I have been working here these ) T1 , . . «, . . 

two vears > By a deux ans queje travaille ici. 

H hors 1 e°? lg haV6 y ° U had ^^ \ ComMen y aMl V™ vous avez ce <*""M 

Depuis quand ? 

How long ? (since what time ?) may also be rendered by depuis quand (sinca when). 
EXAMPLES. 
Q. How long has he been here ? Depuis quand est-il ici? 

A. These two days. Depuis deux jours. 

Q. How long have yon been reading? Depuis quand lisez-voust 
A. This hour and a half. Depuis une heure et demie. 

use of I~ avoir. 

Suppression of PAS. 

The phrase, I spoke to him six months ago, would be rendered thus: Je lux at 
parte il y a six mois. And the phrase, It is six months since I spoke to him, would 
be rendered thus : Dy a six mois que je XE lui ai parte 



X 



+ 



56 , TABULAR SYSTEM. 

The meaning" of, It is six months since I spoke to him, is evidently, I have not 
spoken to him these six months. When a negative turn can be given to the Eng- 
lish sentence, the French use ne, but suppress pas. 

Examine the following phrases; 

Negative turn. 

1. How long is it since you tasted cof- You have not tasted coffee for how long 
fee? a time? 

2. It is three months since I tasted any. I have not tasted any these three 

months. 

3. Since I wrote to him France has be- I have not written to him for some time, 
come an empire. during which France has become an 

empire. 

Hence the French construction of the above phrases is : 

1. Combien y a-t-il que vous Wavez goute de cafe? 

2. II y a trois mois queje Wen ai gotite. 

3. Depuis queje NE lui ai ecrit, la France est devenue empire. 

The above construction commonly takes place after Depuis que and T avoir, fol- 
lowed by a definite period of time, and when the French verb is in the past tense. 
In the present, pas is used, as : 

I have tasted no coffee these three 12 y a trois mois que je ne goute pas de 
months, or, cafe. 

It is three months since I taste no cof- Also, Je n' ai pas goute de cafe depuis 
fee. trois mois, or, Je ne goute pas de cafe 

depuis trois mois. 

Since I do not write to him France has Depuis que je ne lui ecris pas, la France 
become an empire. est devenue empire. 

Distance. 

By a is also used to mark distance, as : 

It is one hundred and forty-four miles II y a cent quarante-quatre milks de New 
from New York to Albany, or, New York d Albany. 
York is one hundred and forty-four 
miles from Albany. 

Combien. 
How far ? is expressed by combien de distance ? or simply combien f 
Ex. How far is it from Paris to London ? Combien y a-t-il de Paris d Londres t 
"We might also translate, Quelle distance y a-t-il de Paris d Londres T 

^{luho house o£ ^^- From the house of. 

From my house to their house. De chez moi chez eux. 

From thy house to his house. De chez toi chez lui. 

Chez meaning "To or at the house of," and requiring to be followed by the ap- 
propriate personal pronoun used after a preposition, as : Go home. Allez chez vous. 



TABULAR ST8TEM. 57 

Jusqu J oH. 

How far? when its place can be supplied by, To what distance? is rendered by 
jusqu'oti, which may bo rendered literally, to where ? 

Q. How far did they go? Jusqu'ou sont-ils alles t 

A. They went as far as the barracks. lis sont alles jusqu'd la caserne. 

NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORMS. 

i Aff 77 I „, „ I i There is, or n . ,„. ( There is ) 

LAff. n\ya.\ j There are. * I V *»« I ^Therearef 

2. Keg. II ri \ y a \ pas. There is not. Jin 1 j y en a | pas. There is none. 

3. Int. | y a j -t-ilt Is there? | y en a j -t-ill Is there any? 

4. Intneg. 2P \y a \ -t-Upas? Is there not? N 1 \y ena\ -Ml past Is there none? 

APPLICATION. 

PLACE — TIME. 
QUESTION. ANSWER. 

1. There is one franc in the drawer, is There are two in the drawer and one io 

there not? the purse. 

2. How many francs are there in a dol- There are five francs and seven sous. 

lar? 

3. "Was there not a three-dollar bill in There were no bills in my pocket-book ; 

your pocket-book? there were some in your brother's 

when I opened it an hour ago. 

4. How many centimes are there in one There are one hundred centimes in one 

franc? fcanc. 

Etttdier sa lecon et la reciter d son maitre* 

5. "Were there many ladies at the ball There [were at least three hundred; 

last Monday evening? there will be more next Tuesday. 



* To study one's lesson and recite it to one's master. Phrases of this nature are now append- 
ed to each slip and copied on the black-hoard, for the purpose of exercising the pupil on the dif- 
ferent tenses of verbs. IT called upon to put this phrase through the indicative present, ho 
recites as follows : 

T* etudie ma lecon etje la recite d mpn maitre. 

Tu etudies ta lecon et tu la recites d ton maitre. 

11 itudie sa lecon et ilia recite d-son maitre* 

Elle etudie sa lecon et elle la recite d son maitre. 

On etudie sa lecon et on la recite d son maitre. 

Nous itudions notre lecon et nous la recitons d notre maitre. 

Vous itudiez votre lecon et vous la recitez d votre maitre. 

Jlsetudientleur lecon, et its la ricitent d leur maitre. 

Elles etudient leur lecon et dies la ricitent d leur maitre. 



58 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

6. "Would there not have been more There would have been a great many 

ladies at his concert, if he had given more ; there would have been more 
it on Monday instead of Tuesday ? than nine hundred. 

7. Is it true there has been a duel ? There has been none this afternoon ; 

there was one this morning; last . 
week there were two on "Wednesday. . 

Btncontrer un ami et lui souhaiterle bonjour. 

8. Did you go to the park last night ? I did ; there were handsome fire-works. ' 

9. There is money in your pocket-book; Although there is money in it, I do not 

why do you not buy the books you dare to spend it. If there is any in 
want? yours, lend me some. 

10. "Would there not be more discipline Let there be better officers and there 
in the regiment if there were better will be more discipline; there will be 
officers ? order and regularity in the service. 

Etudier une science et Vapprofondir. 

11. "Will there be a good harvest this There will be a very abundant one. 

year? 

12. "Was there not a fire last night? There were two last night. 

13. How many engines were there at There were only five ; there would have 
the fire? been more than twenty, if there had 

been more firemen in the city. 

Aimer Dieu et le benir. 

14. Is there any money in your pocket- There is none in my pocket-book ; there 
book? are ten francs on the mantel-piece in 

my bed-room, and there is some change 
in my pantaloons-pocket ; there may be 
\s some in my vest-pocket. 

15. Are there no newspapers in your There are none now, although there were 
coat-pocket ? some in it an hour ago. 

Emprunter un livre et le rendre. 

16. How long is it since you dined ? It is hardly three hours since I dined. 

17. Is it long since she breakfasted? It is a great while since she breakfasted, 

but we breakfasted a short time since. 

18. How long is it since your partner It is hardly a week since. a 
received this letter from my lawyer ? 

19. How long is it since they bought It is a great while since; it is more than 
this music ? eleven years since. 

Descendre a la cave et y tirer du vin. 

20. How long had they had the vessel They had had it hardly six months ; we 
when it was seized ? had had ours only a fortnight when it 

was seized. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



59 



x 



21. Is it long since he began studying It is not more than one year since. Hia 
French? brother speaks French, does he not ? 

22. Is it long since you were introduced It is only a month since, 
to him? 

Vider son verre, le remplir et en repandre le vin. 

23. "Were you not here a moment ago? I have been here this half hour. 

24. "Were you not here a few hours ago? I was here half an hour ago; your ser^ 

vants have been here these two hours. 

25 Were not those gentlemen in Rus- No, sir, they were in France six years ago, 

sia.six years ago ? and they have been in the United States 

these five years. 

Recevoir des marchandises et les vendre. 



26. When were your sisters in Eng- They were there twelve years ago. 
land? 

27. They were in Paris two years ago, No, they never went to Paris, although 
were they not ? they were very desirous of going there 

two years ago. 

28. At what o'clock did the pupils rise They rose at half-past six a month ago , 

a month ago ? two months ago they rose at a quarter 

past five. 

Devoir de V argent et ne pas payer. 

29. Would you not have received these I should have received mine less than a 
goods six weeks ago, if there had week ago, and your brother would have 
been a steamboat on the river ? received his a fortnight ago. 

30. Was not your uncle's physician here He was here an hour and a half ago ; he 

a few hours ago ? told me he had written to you a week 

ago. 

AUer a la ville ou y envoyer quelqu'un. 

31. How long have you- been waiting I have been waiting for you nearly two 

for me ? . hours. 

32. How long has your son been in He has been in Paris these two years 
Paris? 

33. How long has your son been here ? These three years. 

34. Where did he embark for this port ? He embarked at Havre three weeks ago ; 

as you see he has not been long on 
shore. 

35. How long have you been walking? We have been walking these three hours. 

Cacheter une lettre et V envoyer a la poste. 

36. That lad says he has been studying He says that although he has been study- 
his lesson one hour ; does he know ing it little more than an hour, he does 
it now ? not know more than half a page of it 



60 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



37. How long had the pupils "been draw- 
ing when you came in? 



When I came in they had been drawing 
more than one hour and a half. Your 
brother had been drawing only half an 
hour. 



Se promener parce qdonJennuie. 



(W 



38. Have you been learning drawing 
long? 

39. Had you not been studying more 
than two hours when I called you? 

40. Has your nephew been studying 
Spanish long ? 



It will be two months the day after to- 
morrow. My cousin had been learning 
two months when I began. 

We had been studying two hours and a 
quarter when you called us. You 
called us ten minutes ago, did you not? 

He has not; he has not been studying 
it more than three months and a half 



Etudier une logon et la repeter. 



41. 



How long had your brother been 
sleeping when his servant awaken- 
ed him? 



42. How long has your neighbor been 
dead? 

43. When the engines arrived, how long 
had the house been burning? 

44. Would not your uncle have been 
married two years and a half if 
he had not broken his engage- 
ment? 



When his servant awakened him he had 
been sleeping about an hour and a 
quarter ; they went out together about 
fifteen minutes ago. 

It was a month yesterday. 

When they arrived it had been burning 
more than three hours. 

He would have been married four and a 
half, if he had not broken it. 



Commencer un devoir et ne pas Vachever. 



45. Have you been sick long? 

46. You are always well here, are you 



X 



not? 



47. How long is it since you dined with 
your friend in the country ? 

48. What has happened since you wrote 
to him? 



I have been sick ten days to-morrow. 

I am very well in this climate; it is seven 
years since I was sick. 

It is four or five months since I dined 
with him. It is certainly five months 
since I saw him. 

Since I wrote to him he has sold his 
farm to pay his creditors. 

Conjuguer un verbe et le corriger. 



49. How long is it since you received let- I have not received any these six months ; 
ter3 from Europe ? to tell the truth, it is very long since I 

wrote. 

50. How long is it since the children It is a week since they tasted any. 
tasted chocolate ? 



TABULAR SY8TEM. 



61 



AX 



01. 
62. 

63. 

64. 
65. 

66. 
67. 
68. 

59. 



Has it not rained continually since It has rained almost every day since you 
I saw you? saw me. 

How long is it since she spoke to It is more than a fortnight since she spoke 
her lawyer? to him, and it is more than a month 

since he wrote to her. 
S 'en aUer d la campagne et s'y promener. 

Is it long since the corporals saw the They have not seen him for nearly a 
colonel of the 4th regiment ? year, and it is more than six months 

since he wrote to them. 

I am told you received a letter from She writes that since she saw Paris, 
your niece a week ago ; what does there have been astonishing changes 
she say about Paris ? in every part of the city. 

What does your nephew say about He says that since he has seen Paris 
Paris ? London appears very dull to him, 

S'abandonner a Voisivete, en subir la peine, et s*en repentir. 



j It is several days since I ato meat. 
I It is several days since I ate any. 

j I have eaten no meat these three days. 



Why do you wish to go to town to- 
day rather than next week ? 



21. 

62. 
63. 

64. 



X 



Is it long since you ate meat ? 

How long is it since you ate any ? - j haye eaten nQne thege threQ dayg> 

Tou are better since you do not eat I am not so well since I do not eat any. 
meat, are you not ? 

For how long a time had you not I bad not eaten meat for a week, 
tasted meat? 

Because it is very long since I went, 
and because I wish to see my aunt, 
whom I have not heard from these six 
weeks. 
Cueidir une rose et Voffrir d sa mere. 

DISTANCE. 

How far is it from New York to It is more than two hundred miles. 
Washington ? 

It is : it is very far. 

It is almost one hundred and fifty miles 
from there to Vienna. 

It is farther from Orleans to Paris than 
from Paris to Blois. 



Is it far from here to Berlin ? 
Is it far from there to Vienna? 



65. 
66. 

67. 

68. 

69. 



Is it farther from Paris to Blois than 
from Orleans to Paris ? 

Perdre une place et en dbtenir une autre. 

Is West Point far from New York? It is little less than sixty miles. 

Can you tell me how far Providence Some say it is 240 miles, it is, however, 
is from Philadelphia? 250, if not farther. .« 

What is the distance from Paris to From Paris to London it is nearly 200 
London? miles. 

How far is it from your house to It is five miles from my house to yours. 
mine? 

Is it far from thy house to his? It is about a quarter of a mile. 



62 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



70. It is not very far from his house to It is not farther from his to hers than 
hers, is it ? from mine to yours. 

Aller d la campagne, s'y divertir et en revenir content 



71. Do they say it is farther from 
London to Plymouth than from Lon- 
don to Liverpool ? 

72. Tell me how far it is from here to 
your uncle's. 

73. Can it be over nine miles? I 
thought it was not quite eight 
miles. 



They say Plymouth is a long distance from 
London; nearly 300 miles; neverthe- 
less it may be more. 

It maybe nine miles and a half; it may bo 
more, it may be less ; I do not know 
exactly. 

It is over five miles to my house, and you 
know that my house is not half way. 



fx. 



*aire une promesse et ne pas la tenir. 






No. XIX. 

VERBS REFLECTED IN FRENCH AND NOT IN ENGLISH, AND USB OF 
THE PAST TENSE. 

A great difficulty is created by the fact that many verbs are used in the reflected 
form in French, while the English verb does not admit of this form. A list of 
these verbs (149 in number) is given at p. 90 of Levizac's Grammar, but with the 
omission of the prepositions these verbs require, differing frequently from the pre- 
position used in English. This deficiency is supplied by the instructor, and the 
list memorized. 

For the practical application of these verbs, they have been combined with the 
Use of the Past Tense, another difficulty the learner has to encounter almost at the 
outset. The principles that are to govern the student in the somewhat perplexing 
use of the past tenses of the indicative, being explained and understood, the fol- 
lowing set of exercises, it is deemed, will serve to ground him in their correct ap- 
plication in every instance. 



Sabstenir de. 



Sefdcher j 



contre. 
avec. 



Sefdcher de. 
Se brouiUer. 



APPLICATION. 

QUESTIONS. 



ANSWERS. 



1. During Napoleon's reign, They were not in the habit of 



were the marshals of the em- 
pire in the habit of abstain- 
ing from levying contribu- 
tions in an enemy's country ? 

Did not your father get angry 
at that yesterday ? 

Did not the general get angry 
at you this morning? 



abstaining from levying 
very heavy ones. Napo- 
leon was always offended 
with them when they did 
not. 

He did, my mother got angry 
at it also. 

He got angry with every- 
body ; we fell out about an 
hour ago. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



63 



SPempresser de. 



Se hdter de. 



Se determiner d. 



Se vanter. 
S , enrhumer. 



Se plaindre de. 
Se plaire d. 
Se glisser. 
Semefier de. 

Se determiner d. 

S'evanouir. 

S'endormir. 



S'enivrer. 
S'envoler. 



4. Whenever he went out, were 
you not always eager to give 
him his cloak, gloves, and 
cane? 

5. Last month those men hast- 
ened to pay their debts, did 
they not? 

6. I have been told they resolv- 
ed to pay them this morning ; 
were you not told the same 
thing? 

T. You always used to boast 
you would never catch cold 
in this climate ; you caught 
cold this morning, however ; 
how is that? 

8. Why did you go out so early ? 



When you Were in Paris, did 
you not often go to the Tuiler- 
ies? 



10. How did that child 
into this barrel ? 



creep 



11. He says the sugar he lost 
consisted of twenty barrels ; 
but, tell me, do you not mis- 
trust what he says ? 

12. At what o'clock did you de- 
termine to set out ? 



13. When she lived in that coun- 
try, did she faint as often as 
she does in this ? 

14. You say that young man 
fell asleep after fainting ; you 
also say he fainted to-day, do 
you not? 

15. Did not your servant get in- 
toxicated very often last win- 
ter? 



We were always eager to do 
so; he generally had his 
gloves in his pocket. 

They did ; they paid them as 
soon as the bank was open, 
on the thirtieth. 

I was told the same thing; 
to tell you the truth, I know 
they hastened to pay them 
all this morning. 

I caught cold this morning 
because I went out too 
early, with only a thin coat 
on. 



I went out early to complain 
of what my servant did last 
night. 



We used to take great 
light in going there. 



de- 



I don't know how he crept 
into it, I did not see him 
get into it. 

I did at first, I do not now. 



I determined to set out about 
an hour and a half ago. 
How late is it now ? 

She fainted regularly twice 
a day. 



I say he fainted to-day, but 
I do not say he fell asleep 
immediately after fainting ; 
he fell asleep an hour ago. 

He did, he used to get in- 
toxicated every mornh.g, 
and whenever he opened 
the cages to feed the birds, 
one or two generally flew 
away. 



K 




64 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Semporter contee. 
Se lever. 



Se coucher. 



Se Ixmifier. 



S'enrichir. 



S'agenouiller. 
Se moquer de. 
S'empecher de. 

Se depecher de. 



Sefondre. 




Se 



S'apercevoir. 
S'oMiner d. 



16. Why did you fly in a pas- 
sion with your sister when 
you got up this morning ? 



17. At what time did you usu- 
ally go to bed, when you were 
boarding in the country? 



18. That wine was very indif- 
ferent for two years; five 
years ago it grew suddenly 
much better. It is better 
than the wine you bought 
this year, is it not? 

19. Wh£n you came here ten 
years ago, were not the win- 
ters already growing milder ? 

20. How did that merchant 
grow so rich this year? How 
many ships did he own last 
year? 

21. "Whenever I knelt down you 
laughed at me ; why did you 
do that? 

22. When you saw William and 
James yesterday morning, 
why did you not make haste 
to speak to them ? 

23. Formerly the snows on these 
mountains usually melted be- 

• fore the end of May; did 
they not ? 



2.4. Where did your father mar- 
ry : here or in France ? 



25. He generally stopped read- 
ing whenever he perceived 
that I was listening to him, 
did he not ? 



I did not fly in a passion witn 
my sister : I flew in a pas- 
sion with my servant, who 
got intoxicated last night, 
and who was still so when 
I got up. 

In summer we went to bod 
at half -past eight ; in win- 
ter we usually went to bed 
at ten; we never sat up 
very late. 

The wine I bought this 
morning will improve with 
time; yours grew suddenly- 
better, why should not 
mine? 

They were very severe when. 
I came here: they have 
grown very mild within 
three or four years. 

Really, I don't know. Last 
year his property consisted 
of two ships : he now has 
more than eighty. 

I could not help laughing, 
you looked so funny. 

They were walking so fast 
that I could not overtake 
them. 

They usually melted about 
the beginning of June; now 
they do not melt before the . 
beginning of August ; last 
year they melted in the 
month of April. 

He married neither hero nor 
in France ; he married ii> 
England: he has been mar- 
ried fifteen years. 

He not only stopped, but he 
persisted in not continuing • 
he was a queer fellcw. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



65 



Se mutiner. 



Se lever. 



Se rappeler de. 



Sasseoir. 
Se sauver. 
S'esquiver. 



S'abonner d. 



S'abonner cL 



Sepromener en 



Se promener d 

cheval. 
Se promener en 

voiture. 
Sepromener en 

traineau. 

Se refugier aupres 

de. 
Se retirer de. 



26. Did not the crew of that 
vessel mutiny six months 
ago? 

21. At what time did you com- 
monly rise when you were in 
France? 



28. When you saw your bro- 
ther-in-law this morning, did 
you remember to tell him 
what I told you last night ? 

29. Just as you were sitting 
down, two or three men look- 
ed in at the door and then ran 
away; you did not see them, 
did you ? 

30. When you lived in Paris, 
were you not in the habit of 
subscribing to every paper 
that was published, good, 
bad, or indififerent? 

31. What paper did you sub- 
scribe to last summer ? 



32. How did you spend your 
time when you were in St. 
Petersburg? 



33. Were you not absent when 
those patriots took refuge 
with us? 



Somebody told me they did. 
I have been told they mu- 
tinied again to-day. 

We commonly rose at seven, 
we breakfasted at nine, we 
dined at five, and at seven, 
after a walk, we went to 
the theatre. 

I saw him, but I did not re- 
collect what you told me. 
What did you tell me? Tell 
me again. 

Tes, I did; one was small 
the other was tall ; both had 
red flannel shirts on. I ran 
to the door immediately and 
saw them steal away down 
a blind alley. 

Not at all ; I only subscribed 
to those that upheld the 
government. 



I did not subscribe to any 
paper: whenever I wanted 
to read the papers, I borrow- 
ed them from my friends. 

In summer we generally took 
a sail in the morning, at two 
o'clock we rode on horse- 
back or in a carriage; in 
winter we rode out in a 
two-horse sleigh. 



I was ; I had withdrawn from 
business: I was living in 
the country. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



<2X 



^v 



NO. XX. 

Difference between French and English Prepositions 

There being perhaps nothing in the study of the French language more embar- 
rassing for the learner than the correct use of prepositions, when connecting verbs 
with an object or with other verbs, for the purposes of instruction and accurate ap- 
plication, we have broken the subject into the following heads, viz. : 

1. Verbs and Adjectives requiring before the object a preposition different from 
the preposition which generally corresponds with it in English. 

2. Verbs requiring a preposition after them in English and none in French. 

3. Verbs requiring no preposition in English and requiring one in French. 

4. Verbs and adjectives requiring de before the Infinitive which follows them. 

5. Verbs and adjectives requiring a before the Infinitive which follows them. 

6. Verbs requiring no preposition before the Infinitive which follows them. 

The learner beirjg made to memorize and apply successively the lists comprising 
the above nomenclature, he will naturally acquire facility in the use of French prep- 
ositions, and, what is very important, he will be enabled to render them under- 
stand ingly when occurring in any French text. 

KO. 1. — LIST OF VERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING BEFORE THE OBJECT A PREPOSI- 
TION DIFFERENT FROM THE PREPOSITION CORRESPONDING WITH IT IN ENGLISH. 



To agree about 
To carry about. 
To discourse about. 
To inquire about. 
To thirst after. 
Tq blush at, with. 
To grieve at. 
To laugh at. 
To laugh at. 
To rejoice at. 
To smile on, upon. 
To smile with. 
To gain by. 
To get by. 
To profit by. 
To answer for. 
To blame for. 
To bless for. 
To care for. 
To chastise for. 
To console for. 
To design for. 
To grieve for. 
To pity for. 
To praise for. 
To provide for. 
To punish for. 



Convenir de. 
Porter sur. 
Discourir de. 
S'informer de. 
Eire altere de. 
Rougir de. 
S'affliger de. 
Eire de. 
Se moquer de. 
Se rejouir de. 
Sourire d. 
Sourire de. 
Gagner a. 
Gagner d. 
Profiter de. 
Bepondre de. 
Bldmer de. 
Benir de. 
Se soucier de. 
CMtier de. 
Consoler de. 
Destiner a. 
S'affligcr de. 
Plaindre de. 
Louer de. 
Pourvoir d. 
Punir de. 



To be sufficient for. 
To thank for. 
To borrow from. 
To conceal from. 
To escape 

(from a place). 
To escape — 
from the memory, 
(words l'r. a person), 
(to happen to say), 



Suffire a. 
Bemercier de. 
Emprunter d. 
Cocker d. 
S'cchapper de. 

echapper d. 



echapper d une per- 

sonne de dire une chose. 
To hear a person say. Ou'ir dire a. 
To take from a person, oter a. 
To take off is oter and oter de ; also 
de dessus. 

Prendre a. 

Acquiescer d. 

S' inttresser d, 

Se plaire d. 

Se glorifier de. 

ffenargueittir de. 

Demander d. 

Penser d. 



To take away from. 
To acquiesce in. 
To be interested in. 
To delight in. 
To glory in. 
To pride in. 
To ask of. 
To think of 

(memory). 
To think of 

(opinion). 
To take pity on. 



Penser de. 



Avoir pitie de. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



67 



To play on. Jouer de. 

To triumph over. Triompher de. 

To pretend to. Se piquer de. 

To agree upon. Convenir de. 

To call upon. Passer chez. 
To congratulate upon Ftliciter de. 

To depend upon. Dependre de. 
To feed upon. 



Se nourrir de. 
> En imposer a. 

Vivre de. 

Persuader d une p. 
( Se saisir de. 
\ S'emparer de. 

Sourire d une p. 



To overawe. 
To impose upon. 
To live upon. 
To prevail upon. 

To seize upon. 

To smile upon. 
To take upon one's self. Se charger de. 
To abound with. Abonder en. 
To adorn with. Orner de. 

To amuse with. Amuser de. 
To arm one's self with S'armerde. 
To bathe with. Baigner de. 

To charge with. Accuser de. 
To compare with. Comparer d. 



To die with. 

To do with. 

To embellish with. 

To endue with. 

To inflame with. 

To feed with. 

To fill with. 

To glut with. 

To load with. 

To meddle with. 

To overwhelm with. Accabler de. 

de.To part with. 

To get rid of. 

To perish with. Perir de. 

To prevail upon Persuader d une p. 

a person to do, &c. defaire, &c. 

To be persuaded of, ) _ _. _ 

. Y Etre persuade de. 

To provide, furnish ) Fournirde . 
with. ) 



Mourir de. 
Faire de. 
Embellir de. 
Douer de. 
Enflammer de, 
Nourrir de. 
Remplir de. 
Assouvir de. 
Charge)' de. 
Se meter de. 



(• Se defaire de. 



To comply with. 



Condescendre d. 
Consentir d. 
Couvrir de. 



To cover with. 
To cover one's self) Sec<mvHr(k . 
with. S 

To dispense with. i ^Pf"*" *■ 

( Se dispense)' de. 



To refresh with. 
To set with. 
To sport with. 
To store with. 
To swarm with. 
To tax with. 
To threaten with. 
To tire with. 
To do without. 



Se rafraichir efe. 
Garnir de. 
Se jouer de. 
Munir de. 
Fourmiller de. 
Taxer de. 
Menacer de. 
Ennuyer de. 
Se passer de. 



ADJECTIVES AND PAST PARTICIPLES USED AS ADJECTIVES. 



at a per- 
son. 



(■ Inquiet de. 
Tranquille sur. 

Fdche contre. 



Concerned about. 
Uneasy about. 
Easy about. 
Angry, 
offended, 
vexed, 

Angry, ) 

offended, V at a thing Fdche de. 

vexed, ) 

To be astonished at. Eire etonne do. 

To be exasperated &t.Etre outre de. 

To be scandalized at. Etre scandalise de. 



To be angry with) Etre fdcU contre 

a person. ) ' 

To be animated with. Etre anime de. 
To be armed with. Etre arme de. 
To be charmed with. Etre charme d&, 
To be contented with. Etre content de. 
To be delighted with. Etre charme de. 
.To be disgusted with. Etre dego&te de. 
To be displeased £ Etre mkontent ^ 

with. J 

To be in love with. Etre amoureux de. 
To be moved with. Etre touche de. 



To be surprised at. 
To be followed by. 
To be preceded by. 
To be fit for. 
To be good for. 
To be obliged for. 



(Se scandaliser de.) To be overjoyed with. Etre ravi dc. 



Etre surpris de. 
Etre suivi de. 
Eire precede de. 
Etre propre d. 
Etre bon d. 



To be pleased with. 
To be provided with. 



Etre content de. 
Eire pourvu de. 



Tobepuffedupwith|f re ^f 
• ( Etre enfle de. 



To be satiated with. 



Etre oblige dune p. de. To be satisfied with. 



Etrerassasie de. 
Etre satis/ait de. 



68 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To be sorry for. Etre fdcJie de. 
To be dexterous in. Eire adroit a. 

TO ed e by aSily aff6Ct * [ Etre sensible * 
To be acquainted ) 

with. > Etre connu de. 

To be known by. ) 



To be struck with. Etre frappe de. 

T wi ) th SUrr ° Unded | Etreentourede. 
To be taken up with. Etre occupe de. 
To be. tormented with. Etre tourmente de 

To w ^ t e h trans P. C>rted [ Etre transported. 






APPLICATION. 
List No. 1.— Difference between French and English Prepositions. 

answers. 
We had not ; we could not 



I sometimes carry a great 
deal more about me. 

They will discourse about 
what they were discours- 
ing yesterday. 

I have already inquired about 
it ; he is better. 

We are talking about an af- 
fair which greatly concerns 
you. 

As he never inquires after 
me, I do not intend to in- 
quire after him. 

He did: it is said he died 
tormented with remorse. 

He would, and all his friends 
would have grieved at it. 

Nobody pities me because I 
am not acquainted here. 

We were laughing at what 
you said this morning. 

I have been here these six 
months, and I have never 
made fun of anybody, al- 
though everybody makes 
fun of me. 

He did; his enemies were 
smiling also, but they 
were smiling with con- 
tempt. 

I do not expect to gain any 





QUESTIONS. 


To agree about. 


1. You had already agreed 




about that when we met 




you, had you not ? 


To carry about. 


2. Do you always carry so 




much money about you ? 


To discourse about. 


3. What affairs will the sena- 




tors discourse about ? 


To inquire about. 


4. Do you not intend to in- 




quire about your friend's 




health ? 


To talk about. 


5. Gentlemen, please to tell 




me what you are talking 




about. 


To inquire after. 


6. When you write, do you in- 




tend inquiring after the cap- 


^ 


tain ? 


To thirst after. 


7. Did not that tyrant thirst 




after the blood of his sub- 




jects ? 


To blush with. 


8. If he had done that, would 




he not have blushed with 




shame ? 


To grieve at 


9. Although you grieve at 




that, nobody seems to pity 




you. 


To laugh at. 


10. What were you all laughing 
at? 


To laugh at. 


11. Do not make fun of others, 


To quiz. 


and nobody will make fun 


To make fun of 


of you. 


To make game of. 




To rejoice at 


12. Did not the orator smile 


To smile upon. 


upon the assembly when he 


To smile with. 


perceived the members re- 


To gain by. 


joicing at the success of his 


To get by. 


speech ? 


To profit by. 


13. What do you expect to gain 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



69 



To answer for. 
To blame for. 
To bless for. 

To care for. 
To cbastiso for. 
To console for. 

To design for. 
To grieve for. 

To pity for. 



To praise for. 
To provide for. 
To punish for. 

To be sufficient for. 
To thank for. 
To borrow from. 



To conceal from. 

To escape 
(from a place), 

(the memory or 
observation). 

To hear a person 

say. 
To take from. 



l> 



To take off. 

To take away from. 

To comply with. 
To acquiesce in. 

To be interested in. 
To delight in. 



by blaming so frequently 
your workmen for speaking 
to their neighbors ? 



14. You cannot answer for their 
conduct then ; or rather you 
do not care to answer for it. 

15. What is that lady grieving 
for? 



16. Is not the congregation 
pitied for the loss ? 



17. Do you not think it is wrong 
to praise those men for their 
temerity ? 

18. Is not that sum sufficient for 
you? 

19. You need not borrow any 
from them, my intention is 
to provide for all your wants ; 
I will send you some money 
by to-morrow's mail. 

20. Why do you conceal the 
truth from your friends ? 

21. Is it long since the convict 
escaped from prison ? 

22. Do you understand the true 
sense of that passage ? 

23. Did you not hear my father 
say that he had paid the sum? 

24. Why does that child cry ; is 
any one taking away his 
playthings ? 

25. Why do you not take the 
water off the fire ? ' 

2G. Has their passport been 
taken from them ? 

27. Will you not comply with 
his request ? 

28. Are you not interested in 
his welfare ? 

29. Do you delight in garden- 
ing? 



thing by it ; I know they 
do not care for what I say; 
they do not wish to. profit 
by my advice. 

I cannot, nobody can ; they, 
will be chastised for their 
malice. 

She is grieving for the loss 
of the bells that were de- 
signed for her church. 

It is very generally ; it is 
thought however that tho 
loss will soon be provided 
for. 

Instead of praising them for 
it, they should be punished 
for it. 

It is not; nevertheless, I 
thank you for it. . If you 
cannot lend me a little more 
money, I shall have to bor- 
row some from my friends. 



I do not, and I assure you 
that I never have. 

Ho escaped from prison 
more than a week ago. 

I do not ; the true sense has 
escaped all tho translators. 

I heard him say so this after- 
noon. 

He had been playing for 
about an hour when his 
brother came in and took 
them away from him. 

I do not wi?h to take it off 
until it boils. 

It has ; it will bo returned 
to-morrow. 
I cannot. 

I am not. 

I do sometimes. 



TO 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To glory in. 

To pride one's 
self upon. 

To ask money of a 

person. 
To ask for. 

To think of 
(memory). 



To think of 
(opinion). 

To have pity on. 
To take pity on. 

To play upon. 

To triumph over 
To pretend to. 
To agree upon. 



To call upon. 
To congratulate 
upon. 



30. He glories in his riches, 
does he not ? 



He does. 






To depend upon. 



y 



To feed upon. 
To live upon. 

To impose upon. 
To overawe. 

To prevail upon. 
To seize upon. 
To smile upon. 



To take upon one's 
self. 

To abound with. 



31. They pride themselves upon They do not. 
their birth, do they not ? 

32. He says you are always ask- 
ing him for money; is that 
so? 



That is not so; I have 
never asked him for a cent. 



33. Have you thought of send- 
ing your cousin the money 
he asked for this morning ? 
I am almost sure you have 
not. 

34. What do you think of this 
pack of quills ? 

35. How long is it since food 
was distributed to the poor ? 

36. "What instruments do your 
nieces play ? 

Si. I have been told that James 
pretends to generosity, and 
that he has been often heard 
to say that if he ever tri- 
umphed over his enemies, 
he would pardon them. 

38. You intend to call on Mrs. 
Blanchard earlier than ten 
o'clock, do you not ? 

39. Upon whom does that young 
clerk depend ? 

40 What do those animals feed 
upon? 

41. Did not that orator overawe 
the assembly by his manly 
eloquence ? 

42. What did you mention in 
your note to the police 
officer? 



43. Do you take upon yourself 
■ to prove the guns ? 

44. France abounds with fruit, 
does it not ? 



I thought of it once or twice ; 
is there still time to send 
it ? I am sorry for having 
forgotten it. 

I think it is strange it should 
be in my desk. 

It is very long since ; nobody 
takes pity on them. 

The eldest plays the piano ; 
the youngest the guitar. 

I never heard it said that he 
pretended to generosity. I 
do not think he will ever 
pardon tham, whether he 
triumph over them or not. 

I intend to call upon her be- 
fore half-past nine to con- 
gratulate her on her daugh- 
ter's marriage. 

He has no salary as yet ; he 
depends on his old mother. 

They feed upon what they 
find. 

He did ; after his speech the 
vote was unanimous. 



I mentioned the necessity 
of prevailing upon- his com- 
rades to seize upon the sus- 
pected person where rtr 
they should meet him. 

I do not ; Lieutenant Junot 
will. 

It abounds with grapes: 
much wine is made in 
France. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



71 



To adorn with. 45. 

To amuso with. 46. 



To arm one's self with. 47. 
To arm with. 

To bathe with. 48. 

To charge with. 49. 

To compare with. 

To comply with. 50. 



To cover with. 51. 

To cover one's self 
with. 



To die with. 
To die of. 



&c 



To feed on. 



52. 



To dispense with. 53. 
To do with. 54. 

To embellish with. 55. 



To endow with. 56. 
To inflame with. 



57. 



To fill with. 58. 

To glut with. 59. 



To meddle with. 60. 
To overwhelm with. 



To part 'with. 61. 

To get rid of. 



Do you not intend to adorn 
your room with pictures ? 

He charges you with amus- 
ing him with promises ; is 
that so? 

Have you armed the sailors 
with pistols ? 

Was not that woman weep- 
ing bitterly over her child ? 
Do you compare this cloth 
with that? 

You should not comply 
with all his caprices ; why 
do you ? 

You are covered with dust ; 
brush your clothes. 

"Would not the troops have 
died with cold if they had 
remained long in those re- 
gions ? 

Be so kind as to dispense 
with my doing that. 

What are they going to do 
with that man? 

Why do you not embellish 
your garden with finer flow- 
ers? 

Why do you act thus ? you 
do not seem to be endowed 
with common sense. 

How long is it since you 
used to feed your dogs on 
meat? 

What have you filled your 
glass with ? 

Were you not reading the 
life of Caligula this morn- 
ing? 

When you say that the 
troops returned loaded with 
booty, you do not tell the 
truth ; you had better med- 
dle with your own affairs. 
How long is it since you got 
rid of your gray mare ? 



I do; you do also, do jov 
not? 

It is not so ; we do not speak 



We have not. We have only 
pikes. 

She was : we could not con- 
sole her. 

We compare the blue witb 
the green. 

We do not always. 



Hand me the brush if yo? 
are not using it. 

They would ; many had al 
ready died of the scurvy. 



I cannot : you ought to have 
done that an hour ago. 

I suppose he will be con. 
demned to hard labor. 

I can only get common onea 



Were I to act otherwise^ 
everybody would be in* 
flamed with anger. 

I fed them on meat all last 
year ; I now feed them on 
bread, and milk and water. 

I have just rilled it with 
beer. 

I was: he was a monster 
glutted with carnage. 

Everybody says they did, 
and everybody is over- 
whelmed with shame on 
account of their abominable 
conduct. 

I got rid of her two or 
three months ago; when 
did you get rid of yours ? 



72 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To perish with. 

To prevail upon (a 
person to do, &c) 



To provide with. 
To furnish with. 



To refresh with. 
To set with. 
To sport with. 

To store with. 



(R^ 



To swarm with. 
To tax with. 
To threaten with. 



To tire with. 
To do without. 

Concerned about. 
Uneasy about. 

Greedy after. 



Angry ) 
Offended [ a * a per- 
Vexed ) son - 



Angry 

Offended 

Vexed 



[at a 
I thing. 



62. That man's conduct is very 
bad, is it not ? 

63. Could you not prevail upon 
your friends to accompany 
you to the Consul's of- 
fice? 

64 "Was not the regiment fur- 
nished with provisions ? 



65. What did you take at the 
hotel? 

66. "Was not your miniature set 
with rich diamonds ? 

67. Those men are sporting with 
your credulity ; you should 
avoid them. 

68. How long had the fortress 
been stored with provisions 
when the major took com- 
mand of it ? 



It is ; he will perish in want. 
They all say they will not. 



The whole army was fur- 
nished with provisions for 
a six months' campaign. 

We refreshed ourselves with 
a glass of wine and water. 

It was set with diamonds of 
the finest water. 

I know they are : let them 
sport with it : I shall have 
my turn. 

It had only been stored three 
weeks when he arrived. 



69. Do not the roads swarm They do : it is impossible to 
with robbers ? travel without an escort. 

70. With what are the officers They are taxed with sedi- 
taxed? tion. 

71. What is the matter with We have just been stopped 
you ? how pale you look ! on the road by thieves, 

who threatened us with 
death. 



72. If you can do without your 
black velvet vest this even- 
ing, will you lend it me if I 
should want it ? 

73. His mother is very uneasy 
about his health, is she not ? 

74. Have not Jews the reputa- 
tion of being very greedy 
after riches ? 

75. You are not angry with me 
for having had that alder 
cut down, are you ? 

76. What are you vexed at? 



I am afraid I shall not be 
able to do without it. It 
is long since I lent you a 
vest, however. 

She is, although the physi- 
cian is not at all uneasy 
about it. 

They have : they are gener- 
ally very greedy after them. 

I am not; it was just one 
ell in circumference, was it 
not? 

I am vexed at your torment- 
ing that poor little cabin- 
boy. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



73 



To be astonished at. 77. Tou are astonished to see 
moss here, are you not ? 



To be exasperated 

at. 
To be scandalized at 

To be surprised at 



To be preceded by. 
To be followed by. 

To be fit for. 

To be good for. 82. 



78. Is she not exasperated at 
his refusal? 

79. Those ladies say they are 
surprised at his kindness 
towards you. 

80. "Was not the supper pre- 
ceded by a ball? 

81. What is that marble fit for? 



To be obliged for. 83. 
To be sorry for. 



sk 



To be dexterous in. 84. 
To be sorry for. 



To be easily affect- 85. 

edby. 
To be acquainted 86. 

with. 
To be known by. 
To be angry with. 87. 



To be animated 88. 

with. 
To be armed with. 

To be charmed with. 89. 



To be contented 90. 

with. 
To be delighted with. 

To be disgusted 

with. 

To be displeased 91 

with. 



The musician you were 
speaking to is a trumpeter ; 
is he not? "What was he 
saying about his instru- 
ment? 

Tou ought to be obliged to 
him for his letter ; you do 
not appear to be so, however, 
how is that? 

Tour brother is still very 
dexterous in pistol-shooting, 
is he not ? 

"Why are you so easily af- 
fected by cold? 
What is celebrity? 



Is she angry with him still ? 



Tou were at the meeting 
last night; were not the 
General's partisans ani- 
mated with great zeal ? 
Every body is charmed with 
that young lady's manners ; 
why are you not also ? 
What is the matter with 
you ; are you not contented 
with your office ? 



If you are displeased with 
your workmen, why do you 
not discharge them ? 



I am not, I knew we should 
find some here: gather 
some to pack up the crock- 
ery. 

She is scandalized at it 



Why should they be so: t 
have I not always behaved 
well towards him ? 

It was preceded by a ball 
and followed by a concert 

It is fit for making statues. 

He was telling me that his 
trumpet was good for noth- 
ing. 



He has delayed too long writ- 
ing to me ; I am sorry for 
his long forgetfulness. 

He is not as dexterous in it 
as formerly, and I am sorry 
for it 

I was born in a warm cli- 
mate. 
The advantage of being 

known by those whom you 

do not know. 
She is no longer angry with 

him, she is angry with you 

now. 
They were ; it is said they 

came armed with sabres 

and pistols. 

I have seen her but oncej 
and it is some time ago. 

I am delighted with it ; I am 
as much delighted with my 
new one as I was disgusted 
with my former one. 

I discharged ten a week ago. 



74 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



To be in love with. 



■S 






b be pleased with. 

To be overjoyed, 

delighted with. 

To be provided with. 
To be puffed up with. 



92. Your friend is in love with 
my cousin, is he not ? 

93. Tou are pleased with the 
letter you have just re- 
ceived, are you not, sister ? 

94. Here is a letter from your 
nephew; he says he has 
lost the clothes you had 
provided him with. 



To lie satiated with. 95. Do historians praise that 
To 1 te satisfied with. prince ? 



To be struck with. 
To be surrounded 
with, by. 



To be taken up with. 
To be tormented 

with, by. 
To be transported 

with. 



96. What does the book-keeper 
say? 



97. What do you think of the 
new clerk ? 



He is not, he has only known 
her one week. 

Yes, brother ; I am delighted 
with it. 

Well, now really, that is too 
much ; write to him imme- 
diately, and tell him that I 
cannot provide him with 
any more. 

They do not ; they unite in 
saying that, surrounded by 
flatterers, satiated with 
pleasures, and weary of 
every thing, he will always 
be regarded as the weakest 
of princes. 

He says he has just looked 
over the documents, and 
that the tenor of the prin- 
cipal act strikes him with 
astonishment 

I am not satisfied with him ; 
he is too much taken up 
with his own person. 



List No. 2. — Verbs requiring a Preposition after them in English and 

not in French. 



Direct Objects in French. 





To look at. 


une chose. 


une personne. 


Regarder. 


a thing. 


a person. 


Demander. 


To ask for. 


a thing. 


a person. 


Acheter. 


To buy for. 


one dollar. 




Alter chercJier. 


To go for. 


a thing. 


a person 


Chercher. 


To look for. 


a thing. 


a person. 


Yendre. 


To sell for. 


one cent. 




AUendre. 


To wait for. 


a thing. 


a person. 


Souhaiter. 


To wish for. 


» a thing. 




Daigner 


To please to. 


do a thing. 




Admtttre. 


To admit of. 


j a thing, 
( proofs, Ac. 




Approuver. 


To approve of. 


a thing. 




Prier (de bef v.). 


To beg of. 




a person. 


Ignorer. 


To be ignorant of. 


a thing. 





TABULAR SYSTEM. 



75 



Tyranniser. 

Ecouter. 

Regarder. 

Engager. ) 

Besoudre. 

Endurer. 

Bencontrer. 

Souffrir. 

Attendre. 



X 






To look at. 
To ask for. 
To buy for. 
To go for. 
To look for. 
To sell for. 



To stay for. 
To wait for. 
To wish for. 
To accept of. 
To admit of. 
To approve of. 
To beg of. 
To be ignorant of. 
To tyrannize over. 
To listen to. 
To look upon. 
To prevail upon. 



To prevail with. 
To resolve upon. 
To bear with. 
To meet with. 
To put up with. 



To tyrannize over. 




To listen to 


a sound. 


To look upon. 


a thing. 


To prevail upon. 




To prevail with. 




To resolve upon. 


a thing. 


To bear with. 


a thing. 


To meet with. 




To put up with. 


a thing. 


To stay for. 




APPLICATION". 



1. There is a poor man ask- 

ing for you ; he says he 
wants you to buy, his 
partridges and quails for 
three shillings a pair; 
please to come down and 
look at them. 
You need not go up-stairs, 
it is down-stairs. 

2. I : do not approve of your 

waiting for your brother 
so long every day ; why 
do you wait for him more 
than half an hour ? 

3. Listen to me : Mr. Lenoir 

is entirely ignorant of 
what people say about 
him: I know he looks 
upon you as a friend, 
therefore call upon him 
and let him know all 
about it. 

4. Has your partner resolved 

upon any thing ? If he 
has not, prevail with him 
to come and see me. I 
have something to say 
he will approve of 



Direct Objects in French. 
une chose. une perconne. 

"* a person. ~~ 

a parson. 

a person. 

a person. 

a person. 



a person. 
a person. 



I bought some a little while 
ago for two and sixpence a 
pair ; however, listen to what 
he has to say, while I look 
for my pocket-book; I may 
have to go up-stairs for it. 



I am obliged to stay for him, 
because his master will ad- 
mit of no excuse, and will not 
let him out before twelve 
o'clock, and sometimes not be- 
fore half-past. 

I will, and I will endeavor to 
prevail upon him to alter his 
conduct. I am told his wife 
is the cause of every thing: 
she tyrannizes over him. 



I will endeavor to prevail 
upon him to call upon you ; 
meanwhile his creditors tyr- 
annize over him: he is 
obliged to bear with their 
importunities and put up 
with their impertinence. 



76 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



List No. 3. — Verbs having no Preposition in English and requiring oni 

in French. 



*r 



To abuse. 

To perceive. 

To want. 

To pity. 

To change. 

To mistrust. 

To resign. 

To disown. 

To doubt. 

Not to mind. 

To lament. 

To inherit. 

To enjoy. 

To want. ) 

To lack. ) 

To slander. 

To mistrust. 

To mistake. 

To mock. 

To spare. ) 

To do without. ) 

To use. 

To remember. 

To use. 

To revenge. ) 

To avenge. ) 

To attempt life, &c. 

To bid. 

To compassionate. 

To suit. ) 

To become. ) 

To suit. ) 

To become. ) 

To forbid. 

To displease. 

To disobey. 

To trust. 

To break one's word. 

To concern. 

To injure. 

To obey. 



Abuser de 
S'apercevoir de. 
Avoir besoin de. 
Avoir pitie de. 
Changer de. 
Se defier de. 
Se demettre de. 
Disconvenir de. 
Douier de. 

Ne pas s'embarrasser de. 
Gemir de. 
Eeriter de. 
Jouir de. 

Manquer de 

Medire de. 
Se mefier de. 
Se meprendre de. 
Se moquer de. 

Se passer de. 

Se servir de. 
Se souvenir de. 
User de. (User 

Se venger de. 



violence envers une personne) 



Attenter d. 

Commander d. ( Commander d une personne defaire une chose.) 

Compdtir d. 

Convenir d. 



Seoir d. 

Defendre d. 
Deplaire d. 
Desobeir d. 
Sefier a. 
Manquer d 
Importer d. 
Nuire d. 
Obivr d. 



(Defendre d une personne de /aire une chose.) 



(sa parole) 

(Importer d une personne de /aire une chose.) 



TABnLAU SYSTEM. 



w 



"To ooviate. ) 
To prevent. J 

To oppose. 

To order. 

To forgive. 

To permit. 

To persuade. 

To please. 

To mind. 

To promise. 

To renounce. 

To answer. 

To resist. 

To resemble. 

To supply. 

To succeed. 

To outlive. 

To touch. 



Ordonner d une personne defaire une chose. 

Permettre d une personne defaire une chose. 
Persuader d une personne defaire une chose. 



Obvier d. 

S'opposer d. 

Ordonner d. 

Pardonner d. 

Permettre d. 

Persuader d. 

Plaire d. 

Prendre garde d. 

Promettre d, Promettre d une personne defaire une chose. 

Renoncer d. 

Repondre d. 

Resister d. 

Ressembler d. 

Subvenir d. 

Succeder d, 

Survivre d. 

Toucher d. 



APPLICATION". 

LIST NO. 3.— DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FRENCH AND ENOLISH PREPOSITIONS. 



To abuse. 
To perceive. 
To want. 
To pity. 
To change. 
To mistrust. 
To resign. 
To give up. 

To disown. 
To doubt. 
To mind. 
To lament. 
To inherit. 
To want. 
To lack. 

To slander. 
To mistrust. 
To mistake. 
To mock. 
To ridicule. 
To spare. 
To do without. 
To use. 
To remember. 



QUESTIONS. 

1. I do not wish to abuse your 
patience, but I must repeat 
to you that I have given up 
my place and that I want my 
money; if you have not 
changed your *mind I hope 
you will lend me a little. 

2. The person you speak of dis- 
owns having doubted your 
word, but as he does not en- 
joy a good reputation, I pre- 
sume it is all one to you whe- 
ther he disowns having 
doubted it or not. 

3. How can your brother suc- 
ceed? he mistrusts every- 
body, and slanders his em- 
ployers ; I do not understand 
his conduct ; can he do with- 
out their assistance ? 



ANSWERS. 

Tou perceive no change in 
me ; I do not mistrust you; 
I will lend you some, but 
why did you give up your 
place? 



\ 



You are right, it is all one 
to me ; I do not mind what 
he thinks of me ; I never 
think of the fellow: why 
does he think of me? 



He cannot ; but now I think 
of it, he uses my name very 
often. Tell him not to use 
it any more. Remember 
this. 



78 



TABULAR SYSTEM, 



To use. 

To revenge. 

To attempt 

To bid. 

To order. 

To compassionate. 

To suit. 

To become. 



4. You say that that man has I know it is not, but can I 



(k 



^< 



>* 



To forbid. 
To displease. 
To disobey. 

To trust. 
To break. 
To concern. 
To injure. 

To obey. 
To prevent. 
To oppose. 
To order. 
To pardon. 
To permit. 
To persuade. 

To resemble. 
To please. 
To mind. 
To promise. 
To give up. 
To answer. 
To resist. 



To resemble. 
To supply. 
To succeed. 

To outlive. 



To touch. 



attempted your younger bro- 
ther's life, and that you will 
revenge the outrage ; but is 
revenge a noble passion ? 



5. What did you forbid those 
boys to tell their master? 

6. They will injure him if they 
continue to behave thus, will 
they not ? 

7. Must not the soldiers obey 
the order, whether it please 
or displease them ? 



allow him to use violence 
toward so dear a relative 
with impunity ? 



I forbid them to tell their 
master that his sons had 
disobeyed him. 

They have already injured 
him a great deal ; they dis- 
please everybody; nobody 
trusts them. 

They must ; and there is no 
way of opposing it; per- 
suade them to obey it ; tell 
them that if they do they 
will be pardoned many old 
offences. 



8. Answer my question ; did I promised him to renounce 



you not promise your father 
to give up gaming, and did 
you not also promise him to 
return home during the pres- 
ent month ? 



9. "Who is to succeed the pres- 
ent Queen of England ? 

10. Does the physician say he 
will outlive his brothers ? 

11. I have just regulated my 
watch, why did you touch 
it? 



gaming, but I did not pro- 
mise him to return in the 
course of this month; I 
can resist the temptation, 
and do not wish to return 
home; I have answered 
your question ; have you 
any other to ask me ? 

The Prince of "Wales is to 
succeed her. 

He says he may. 

I did not touch the hands ; 
I merely took it up to take 
the chain off. 






LIST NO. 4. — VERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING de BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 



Sabstenir de. To abstain from. 

Accuser de. To accuse of. 

Achever de. To finish, present participle ; as, I finish writing, Je finis cTecrire. 

Affecter de. To affect to, or pr. p. 

Appreliender de. To fear to, or pr. p. 

tfattendre a. To expect to. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



79 



Avertir de. To warn to. 

S'aviser de. To take it into one's head. To bethink one's self. 

Bldmer de. To blame for. 

Cesser de. , To cease, pr. p. 

Charger de. To charge with. 

Commander de. To command to {commander d unepersonne defaire une ch.) 

Commencer de or d. To begin to. 

Conjurer de. To entreat to. 

Conseiller de. To advise to. 

Consoler de. To console for. 

Continuer de or d. To continue to, orpr. p. 

Convaincre de. To convince of. 

Convenir de. To agree about. 

Craindre de. To fear, p. p. 

Decourager de. To discourage from 

De/endre de. To forbid to, or pr. p. {d unepers. de /aire une ch.) 

Se depecher de. To make haste to. t 

Desesperer de. To despair, pr. p. 

Desirer de. To desire to. 

Determiner de. To determine to. Se determiner requires d. 

Detourner de. To divert from. 

Differer de. • To delay, pr. p. 

Dire de. To tell to. (d une pers. de faire une ch.) 

Disconvenir de. To disown, pr. p. 

Dispenser de. To dispense with 

Dissuader de. To dissuade from, and pr. p. 

Ecrire de. ' To write to. 

S'efforcer de. To endeavor to. 

Enjoindre de. To enjoin to. 

Empecher de. To prevent from. 

S'empresser de or d. To hasten to. To be eager to. 

Entreprendre de. To undertake to. 

Essayer de. To try to. 

Eviter de. To avoid, pr. p. 

Excuser de. To excuse from. 

Exempter de. To exempt from. 

Feindre de. To feign to, or pr. p. 

Finir de. To finish, pr. p. 

Se flatter de. To flatter one's self. 

Se garder de. To beware, pr. p. To take care not to. To refrain from. 

Gronder de. To scold for. 

Se hdter de. To hasten to. 

Inspirer de. To inspire with, to. 

Juger (a propos de). To think proper to. 



NC 



80 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Mander de. 

Manquer de. 

Menace)- de. 

Meriier de. 
Negliger de. 

Offrir de. 

Omettre de. 

Ordonner de. 

Outlier de. 
Pardonner de. 
Persuader de. 
Permettre de. 
Se piquer de. 
Plaindre de. 
Prescrire de. 
Presser de. 
PPier de. 
Promettre de. 
Proposer de. 1 
Se proposer de. ) 
T* Recommander de. 
Refuser de. 
Regretter de. 
Se rejouir de. 
Remercier de. 
Se repentir de. 
Reprocher de. 
Resoudre de. 
fiisquer de. 
Rougir de. 
Solliciter de. 
Sommer de. 
Se soucier de. 
Souhaitcr de. 
Soupconner de. 
Se souvenir de. 
Suffire de. 
Suggsrer de. 
Supplier de. 
Tdcher de. 
Tarder de* 
Se vanter de. 



To send word to. 

To fail to, or pr. p. To omit 

To threaten to. 

To deserve to. « 

To neglect, pr. p. 

To offer to. 

To omit, pr. p. 

To order to. (d une pers. de/aire une ch.) 

To forget to. 

To forgive for, and pr. p. (d une pers. de, (be.) 

To persuade to. (a une pers. de, dbc.) 

To permit to. (d une pers. de, &c.) 

To pretend to. 

To pity for, and pr. p. 

To prescribe to. 

To press to. 

To request to. 

To promise to. (d une pers. de, &c) 

To recommend to. {d une pers. de, &c) 

To propose to. (d une pers. de, &c) 
To refuse to. • 

To regret, pr. p. 
To rejoice to. 
To thank for, and pr. p. 
To repent, pr. p. 
To reproach for, and pr. p. 
To resolve to. (Se resoudre requires d.) 
To risk, pr. p. 
To blush to. 
To solicit to. 
To summon to. 

To care. Ne pas se soucier de, Not to care, pr. p 
To wish to. 
To suspect of. 
To remember to. 
To be sufficient to. 
To suggest to. 
To entreat to. 
To endeavor to. 
To long to. 
To boast, pr. p. 



* Tarder d unepersonne de/aire une choxe, used as follows : 

I long to go out, &c. — 11 me — il te — il Im — il nmix- «il rous — il leur, tardc de ftortir. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



81 



ADJECTIVES REQUIRING de BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 



Afflige de. 
Aise de. 
Capable de. 
Charme de. 
Ravi de. 
Content de. 
Curieux de. 
Doux de. 
Ennuye de. 
Enrage de. 
Etonne de. 



Afflicted to. 
Easy to. 
Capable of. 
Delighted to. 
Delighted to. 
Content to. 
Curious to. 
Pleasant to. 
Tired of. 
Enraged at. 
Astonished to. 



Fdche de. 
Eeureux de. 
Impossible de. 
Incapable de. 
Juste de. 
Lasse de. 
Libre de. 
Mcessaire de. 
Possible de. 
SHrde. 
Surpris de. 



Sorry to. 
Happy to. 
Impossible to. 
Incapable of. 
Just, right to. 
Tired, weary o£ 
Free to. 
Necessary to. 
Possible to. 
Sure to. 
Surprised to. 



To abstain from, 

To accuse of. 

To finish, pr. p. 

To affect to. 

To afflict for. 

To be glad to. 

To fear to. 

To expect to. 

To warn to. 

To bethink one's self. 

To blame for. 

Capable of. 

To cease, pr. p. I 

To charge with. 

Delighted with. 

To command to. 

To begin to. 

To entreat to. 

To advise to. 

To console for. 

Content to. 

To continue to. 

To convince of. 

To agree to. 

To fear to. i 

Curious to. 

To discourage with. 

To forbid to. 

To make haste to. 

To despair, pr. p. 

To wish to. 

To determine to. 

To divert from. 

To defer, delay, pr. p. 

To tell to. 

To discontinue, pr. p. 

6 



APPLICATION. 
1. If I should take it into my 
head to warn those men 
not to come before the usual 
hour, would you blame me 
for it? 



I expect to see them here 
before the usual hour : you 
may warn them to come ; I 
shall be glad to see them. 



"What do you advise me to 
do? Must I entreat my 
friends to come, or must I 
command them to remain 
where they are ? I had re- 
solved to cease writing to 
them; however, I will do what 
you advise me to do. 



I fear discouraging those 
young gentlemen if I forbid 
them studying before half- 
past eleven : would you for- 
bid them studying as early 
as that if you were in my 
place ? 



"Writo them a few words, 
and tell them that if they 
continue to act as they do, 
you cannot expect to suc- 
ceed in getting your money. 






If they have determined to 
study at that hour, I would 
not divert them from it: 
nevertheless I would tell 
them to recollect that it 
would be better for them 
to delay studying for the 
present. 



82 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To disown, pr. p. 
To dispense with. 
To dissuade from. 
Pleasant to. 
To write to. 
To endeavor to. 
To enjoin to. 
To prevent from. 
To be eager to. 
Tired of. 
Enraged at. 
To undertake to. 

To try to. 
Astonished at. 
To avoid, pr. p. 
To excuse from. 
To exempt from. 
To exhort to. 
To finish, pr. p. 
To flatter one's self ) 
with. J 

To care (not to). 
To scold for. 

To hasten to. 

Happy to. 

Impossible to. 

Incapable of. 

To think proper to. 

To swear to. 

Just to. 

Tired of. 

At liberty to. 

To send word to. 

To fail to. 

To threaten to. 
To deserve to. 
Necessary to. 
To neglect to. 
To offer to. 
To omit to. 
To order to. 
To forget to. 
To forgive for. 
To permit to. 
To persuade to. 
To pretend to. 

To pity for. 
Possible to. 
To prescribe to. 



4. Did I not hear you say this 
morning that you would 
write to your partner to 
come, in order that he might 
endeavor to prevent the sale 
of the fifty bales of cotton 
that have just been landed ? 



Your partner's clerks came 
here this morning, to try 
to excuse themselves from 
going to the counting-room 
this week. I was sorry to 
hear them offer the excuses 
they did. Would you not 
have been astonished also to 
hear them feign being indis- 
posed ? 

6. The persons you were speak- 
ing about have sworn to pur- 
sue your parents and all your 
relatives. Do you not think 
it proper for me to write to 
the French Consul, who is 
the person most capable of 
giving you good advice ? 



If that young man did not 
pretend to know almost 
every thing, I would pardon 
him for not knowing tho- 
roughly many things that he 
should know better. This 
morning I told him to write 
a letter in French : he could 
not. 



You heard me say that I 
would write to him to 
come : nevertheless, after 
your departure I thought I 
could dispense with writing 
to him: the loss will be 
too great if the owners un- 
dertake to sell 



I certainly should have been 
astonished to hear them say 
that they were in disposed) 
knowing them to be well : 
I hope you took care not to 
admit their excuses. 



X" 



Do, I beg of you : and send 
him word to come if he can, 
or if it be impossible for 
him to come, to send one of 
his clerks : he may think it 
proper to come himself: I 
hope he will. 



All his relatives have tried 
to persuade him to study, 
and his parents have or. 
dered him not to neglect 
his studies as he does. H Q 
threatens to run away if 
he is ordered to study more 
than one hour a day. 



v 



8. "Would not the whole city The merchants especially 
have rejoiced to learn that would have waited upon 
the general had requested the him to thank him for hav- 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



To press to. 
To request to. 
To promise to. 
To propose to. 
To recommend to. 
To refuse to. 
To regret, pr. p. 
To rejoice, pr. p. 
To thank for. 
To repent of. 
To reproach for. 
To resolve to. 
To risk, pr. p. 
To blush to. 
Satisfied with. 
To solicit to. 
To summon to. 
To care to. 
To wish to. 
To suspect of. 
To remember to. 
To be sufficient to. 
To suffice to. 
To suggest to. 
Sure to. 
Surprised to. 
To endeavor to. 
To long to. 
To boast of. 



QUESTIONS. 

citizens to present their peti- 
tions, although his predeces- 
sor had refused to receive 
them? 



ANSWERS. 

ing refused to sanction his 
predecessor's acta. 



9. Did you remember to say that 
you did not care risking a 
return by the steamer you 
came out in, and also that 
you had summoned the Cap- 
tain to answer the passen- 
gers' letter ? 



10. Do you not long to tell that 
vain fellow that you are sur- 
prised to hear that he boasts 
being sure of succeeding in 
the affair you endeavored in 
vain to succeed in last month ? 



I told one of the owners 
whom I met this morningi 
that the passengers had re- 
solved to commence a suit 
against the Captain. 



It is sufficient for me to 
know that he cannot suc- 
ceed: I entreat you to say 
nothing about it. 



LIST NO. 5. — VERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING THE PREPOSITION d BEFORE TIIK 



X 



S'abaisser d. 
Accoutumer d. 
Admettre d. 
Aider d. 
Aimer d. 
Amuser d. 
Animer d. 
S'appliquer d. 
Apprendre d. 
S'appreter d. 
Aspirer d. 
S'attacher d. 
Autoriser d. 
Avoir d. 



INFINITIVE. 

To stoop to. 

To accustom to. 

To admit to. 

To help to. 

To like to. 

To amuse with, and pr. p. 

To animate to. 

To apply to. 

To learn to. 

To get ready to. 

To aspire to. 

To strive to. 

To authorize to. 

To have to. . 



84 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



3<r 



Chercher d. To seek to. 

Condamner d. To condemn to. 

Condescend™ d. To condescend to. 

Consister d. To consist in, pr. p. 

Contraindre d. To compel to. 

Contribuer d. To contribute to. 

Demander d. To ask to. 

Depenser a. To spend in, pr. p. 

Destiner d. To destine to. 

Determiner d. To determine to. 

Disposer d. To dispose to. 

Downer d. To give to. 

S'echauffer d. To get overheated in, pr. p. 

S'efforcer d, de. To endeavor to. 

S 'employer d. To employ one's time in. To busy one's self in. 

Encourager d. To encourage to. 

Erihardir d. To embolden to. 

Enseigner d. To teach to. 

S'etudier d. To study to. 

Etre a. To be, pr. participle. (Elle estd coudre), She is sewing 

Exercer a. To exercise in. 

Exciter d. To excite to. 

Exposer d. To expose to. 

Sefatiguer d. To get tired, pr. p. 

Forcer d, de. To force to. 

Gagner d. To gain by, and pr. p. 

Habituer d. To accustom to. 

Eesiter d. To hesitate to. 

Inciter d. To incite to. 

Inviier d. To invite to. 

Manquer d, de. To omit, fail, pr. p. 

Semettre d. To set about, pr. p. 

Montrer d, To show how to. 

Obliger d, de. To oblige to. 

S 'obstiner d. To be obstinate in, pr. p. 

S'opinidtrer d To be obstinate in, pr. p. 

Parvenir d. To succeed in. 

Passer d. To spend in. 

Penser d. To think of (memory). 

Perdre d. To lose in, and pr. p. 

Persister d. To persist in, and pr. p. 

Seplaire d. To take pleasure in, and pr. p. 

Porter d. To incline, induce to. 

Se preparer d. To prepare to. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



85 



Becommencer d. To begin again to. 

Benoncer d. To renounce, pr. p*. 

Se resoudre d. To resolve to. 

Hester d. To remain, pr. p. 

Engager d. To engage, induce to. 

Beussir d. To succeed in, and pr. p. 

Servir d. To serve to. 

Songcr d. To dream. To think of, and pr. p. 

Tard/tr d. To delay. To tarry, pr. p. 

Tendre d. To tend to. 

TravaiUer d. To work, labor to. To try to. 

Venir d. To happen to. 



X 



ADJECTIVES REQUIRING; THE PREPOSITION d BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 



N. Many adjectives, according to the manner in which they are used, require th« 
preposition de or d before a verb, viz., the preposition de, when the verb that 
follows the adjective in English is qualified by that adjective, and the preposition 
d, when the adjective qualifies a noun, either expressed or understood. 

EXAMPLES. 



It is good to eat fruit (to eat fruit is 

good). 
It is difficult to translate this phrase. 
It is good to eat moderately. 
That fruit is good to eat. 
Good to eat ! No, sir, it is not good to 

eat. 



II est bon de manger du fruit. 

II est difficile de traduire cette phrase. I 
II est bon de manger moderement. 
Ce fruit-la est oon a manger. 
Bon d manger I non, monsieur, il n'est pas 
Ion d manger. 



Admirable d. 


Admirable to. 


Facile d. 


Easy to. 


Affreux d. 


Dreadful to. 


Habile d. 


Skilful in, pr. p. 


Agreable d. 


Pleasant to. 


Horrible d. 


Horrible to. 


Aise d. 


Easy. 


Ingenieux d. 


Ingenious in. 


Assidu d. 


Assiduous in. 


Laid d. 


TJgly to. 


Beau a. 


Fine to. 


Lent d. 


Slow to. 


Bon d. 


Good to. 


Occupe d. 


Busy, pr. p. 


Charmant d. 


Charming to. 


Bret d. 


Eeady to. 


Desagreable d. 


Disagreeable to. 


Brompt d. 


Quick to. 


Difficile d. 


Difficult to. 


Bropre d. 


Fit to. 


Diligent d. 


Diligent in, pr. p. 


Soigneux d. 


Careful to. 


Effroyable a. 


Frightful to. 


Sujet d. 


Subject, apt to. 


Enclin d. 


Inclined to. 


Terrible d. 


Terriblo to. 


Exact d. 


Exact in, pr. p. 







86 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



Good to. 
Charming to. 
To seek to. 
To condemn to. 
To condescend to. 
To consist in. 
To compel to. 
To contribute to 
To ask to. 
To spend in. 



LIST NO. 5.— APPLICATION". 

EPISTOLARY FORMS. 

Answer. 



3. Paris, Jan. 1st, 1852. 
Dear Sir: 

I write. to ask why your 
lawyer seems to seek to con- 
demn the steps I have ad- 
vised you to follow. Be 
quick in answering, and be- 
lieve me, 

Your most obed't ser't, 
J. Lenoir. 
R. Leblanc, Esq., 
London. 



To stoop to. 

To accustom to. 

To admit to. 

"Wonderful to. 

Dreadful to. 

Agreeable to. 

To help to. 

To like to. 

Easy to. 

To amuse one's self with 

To animate to. 

To apply to. 

To learn to. 

To get ready to. 

To aspire to. 

Assiduous in. 
.To stick to. 
I To authorize to. 

To have to. 



1. "Would you not like to 
help me to hang up 
these pictures ? 



2. Recollect that before get- 
ting ready to go out, 
you have to write a 
letter to authorize me 
to receive the sum your 
brother told you to get 
collected. 



London, Jan. 5th, 1852. 
Dear Sir : 

In answer to your letter of 
the 1st inst, I have to say 
that the person to whom you 
allude is no longer my law- 
yer. We could not agree, 
since he wished to compel 
me to act contrary to your 
advice. On many occasions 
he would not condescend to 
listen to me. 

Yours respectfully, 

R. Leblanc. 
J. Lenoir, Esq. 
Paris. 

If I had time I would, but I 
think you ought to amuse 
yourself with touching them 
up a little before hanging 
them up. They want clean, 
ing also : if you will wait, 
I will help you to clean 
them to-morrow. 



I have many other things to 
do before going out. I shall 
not be able to get ready to 
go out before three quarters 
of an hour ; meanwhile you 
may get the writing materials 
ready. 



Answer. 



Last to. 

Disagreeable to. 
To destine to. 
To resolve upon. 
Difficult to. 
Diligent to. 
To dispose to. 
To give to. 



4. Phila,, Feb. 2d, 1852. 

Dear Brother : 
I have to inform you of 
a disagreeable circumstance. 
This morning we resolved to 
send away our two clerks, 
and you know they will be 
difficult to replace. I wish 



Baltimore, Feb. 4th, '52. 
Dear Brother : 

I should have been the last 
to part with the clerks who 
have been so long with you 
but since you have thought 
propec to do so, I send you 
my head clerk. You may 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



87 



in. 
To endeavor to. 



To overheat one's self to know whether you would keep him one week, but dc 
be disposed to let your first not give him too much to do. 

Yours devotedly, 

T. Lebrto 
Lebrun, 
Philadelphia. 



clerk remain with me a few 
days. Favor me with an an- 
swer as soon as possible and 
believe me, 

Your affectionate brother, 
S. Lebrun. 
T. Lebrun, 

Baltimore. 



Answer. 



X 



in. 



Frightful to. 
To employ ) . 
To use ) 
To encourage to. 
Inclined to. 
To induce to. 
To embolden to. 
To teach to. 
To study to. 
To be, pr. p. 



.Exact to, in. 

To exercise in. 

To excite to. 

To expose to. 

Easy to. 

To get tired with. 

To force to. 

To gain by. 

Clever in. 

To accustom to. 

To hesitate to. 



Horrid to. 
To incite to. 
Ingenious in. 



5. New Orleans, Mar. 6, 1858. 
Dear Cousin : 

My Italian master encour- 
ages me so much to continue 
studying, that I wish you to 
employ the money I left with 
you, in purchasing the best 
Italian and French Dictionary 
you can find. Send it me by 
the bearer of this and believe 
mo, 

Your affectionate cousin, 
Sophia Levert. 



6. Versailles, May 7, 1852. 
Dear Sister: 

Why are you not more exact 
in answering my letters? 
You force me to write again 
to tell you that you must 
not hesitate to come and see 
me before the 20th of this 
month. I shall expect you. 
Your affectionate sister, 
Julie Lebeau. 



7. Marseilles, June 12th, 1852. 
Dear Captain : 

I am told your Colonel has 
invited you to set about learn- 
ing English, and as I imagine 



New York, April 7th, 1855 
Dear Cousin: 

I am glad to hear you ar» 
encouraged to pursue th* 
study of the language of Tasso 
and of Dante. I could not 
send the dictionaries by the 
bearer of your letter, because 
I could not induce him to stay 
longer than a week here. 
You will receive them by the 
first steamer. 

Your ever affectionate, 
Emily Legris 

Answer. 

Lyons, May 11th, 1852. 
Dear Julia: 

You have always accus- 
tomed me to so much indul- 
gence that I put off writing to 
you for a few days. As to 
hesitating going to see you, 
you know I never hesitate 
doing so whenever I can ; so 
you may expect me on the 
20th, unless I am forced to 
remain by some unexpected 
circumstance. 

Your ever loving sister, 
Marie Lebeai7. 



Answer. 



X 



Bordeaux, July 14th, 1853. 
Dear Major : 

Do not accuse me of neg- 
ligence if I have been slow 
to answer your letter of the 



88 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



Ugly to. 

Slow to. 

To omit to. 

To set about, pr. p. 

To show how to. 

To oblige to. 



Busy in. 

To be obstinate in. 
To succeed in. 1 
To arrive at. ) 
To spend in. ' 
To think of. 
To lose in. 
To persist in. 
*To delight in. 
To induce to. 



First to. 

To prepare to. 

Ready to. 

Quick to. 

Fit to. 

To begin ag. to. 

To renounce to. 

To resolve to. 

To remain to. 

To succeed in. 



you will want a good gram- 
mar, I send you the one I 
used when I was obliged to 
study the language. Let me 
know how you are and be- 
lieve me, 

Yours truly, 

A. Mangefeu. 



8. Rouen, Aug. 16th, 1852. 
Messrs. Durieu & Co., 

Brest. 
Gentlemen : 

We beg of you to lose no 
time in remitting to us the in- 
voice of the goods you re- 
ceived by the last steamer. 

Tour most obd'nt servants, 
V. Lebel & Co. 



9. Havre, Oct. 18th, 1853. 
Dear Sister : 

I write a few words in haste 
to say that I am preparing to 
sail for the U. S. I have de- 
termined to renounce house- 
keeping here for the present. 
If you cannot succeed in get- 
ting rid of your furniture, 
leave it with a confidential 
person and get ready imme- 
diately to join me here be- 
fore the 25th. 

Tour devoted brother, 
Louis de Lussan. 



To serve to. 10. Toulon, Nov. 30th, 1851. 

Careful to. Dear Friend : 

To think of. The money you remitted a 

Subject to. few days ago has served to 

Apt to. pay off the debts your brother 

To aim at. had contracted in this city. 



12th of last month. The ex- 
cellent grammar you sent me 
incites me to study. I thank 
you most sincerely for the at- 
tention, and remain, 

Your affectionate friend, 
B. Crachepoudre. 

Answer. 

Brest, Sept. 26th, 1852. 
Messrs. Y. Lebel & Co., 

Rouen. 
Gentlemen: 

"We lose no time in sending 
you the invoice you demand. 
By the way, have you thought 
of the affair we mentioned in 
our last ? If you have, please 
let us know what you think 
of the speculation. 

Yours respectfully, 

Durieu & Co. 

Answer. 

Paris, Oct. 20th, 1853 
Dear Brother : 

Upon the receipt of your 
letter I lost no time in follow-, 
ing your instructions. I have 
succeeded in disposing of the 
furniture for what it cost me, 
and I am very happy to an. 
nounce to you that I shall be 
ready to leave Paris before 
the 25th inst. Indeed I sliall 
be the first of all the family 
to embrace you and congratu- 
late you upon your change of 
fortune. 

Your affectionate sister, 
Louisa de Lussan. 
Answer. 

Lyons, Dec. 10th, 1853. 
Dear Arthur : 

Enclosed you will find a 
draft for frs. 150.00 on Messrs. 
Dubusquet & Co., to your or* 
der at 10 days' sight. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



89 



To delay, p. p. 


There remains nevertheless When I think of the sums 


To tend to. 


a small balance of 150 francs. I have already disbursed 


Terrible to. 


Do not delay remitting this and that I still may have to 


To work to. 


small sum as soon as pos- disburse for my brother, I 


To come to. • 


sible : you will oblige greatly, tremble for the future. If 




Tour affectionate friend, these sacrifices tended to re- 




Arthtjb Legrand. pair his fortunes, I should 




not complain: it seems, on 




the contrary, that all my ef- 




forts only serve to increase 




his prodigality. 




Yours most truly, 




Pierre Leroux 


List No. 6. — Verbs requiring no Preposition before the Infinitive that 




FOLLOWS THEM. 


Aimer mieux. 


To prefer. To like better. (See Eemark 1.) 


AUer. 


To go. 


Apercevoir. 


To perceive. 


Assurer. 


To assert. 


Croire. 


To believe. 


Compter. 


To purpose. To intend. To expect. 


Daigner. 


To deign. 


Declarer. 


To declare. 


Devoir. 


To be to (lit. to owe). He is to go, It doit alter. (See Re- 




mark 3.) 


Entendre. 


To hear. 


Envoyer. 


To send. Envoyer chercher. Envoyer dire. 


Esperer. 


To expect. 


Falloir. 


To be necessary. 


Simaginer. 


To fancy. 


Laisser. 


To let. 


Oser. 


To dare. 


Paraitre. 


To appear. 


Denser. 
Manquer. 


[ To have like (lit. to think). To be near, pr. p. 


Pretendre. 


To pretend. 


Pouvoir. 


To be able. 


Reconnaitre. 


To acknowledge. 


Regarder. 


To look at. 


Retourner. 


To return. 


Savoir. 


To know. 


Sembler. 


To seem. 


Souhaiter. 


To wish. (See Eemark 2.) 


Soutenir. 


To maintain. 


Valoir mieux. 


To be better. (See Remark 1.) 



X. 



90 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



Venir. 

Voir, 

VotUoir. 



To come. 

To see. 

To wish- To be willing. 



KEMARKS. 

1. Aimer mieux and Valoir mieux. 

To prefer. To be better, — 

followed by verbs in the infinitive, require de before the second infinitive, as: 
Jaimerais mieux rester que d'y aller. I would rather stay than go. 

// vaut mieux y aller que de rester seul. It is better to go than to stay alone. 



2. Souhaiter may be used with de, as : 
Je souhaite de le voir. 



I wish to see him. 



3. "Where are you to go this morning? I am to go to the store. 
Is your brother to come here soon? He is to come very soon. 

Were you not to return with me ? I was not. 

Are you to ? — I am to — &c, not being used here in their natural or literal i 
but expressing duty, obligation, previous arrangement, the French construe with 
the verb devoir (to owe), thus : 

OiL devez-vouz aller ce matin ? Je dois aller au magasin. 

Votefrere doit-il venir ici bientotf Jl doit venir bientot. 

Ne deviez-vous pas revenir avec moi f Je ne devais pas revenir avec vous. 



APPLICATION. 

To prefer. 1. "Would they not prefer re- 

To like better. turning ? 

To go. 2. "When will you go and 

take a walk ? 

To perceive. 3. I perceive them walking, 

To hear. do you ? 

To assert. 4. Does he not assert having 

written to you ? 

To believe. 5. They thought (believed) 

they had deceived you, 
did they not ? 

To purpose. 6. Tou purpose buying the 

goods in the spring, do 
you not ? 

To deign. 7. Did he deign to tell you 

when he would return? 

To declare. 8. The witnesses declared 

having seen them enter 
the house, did they not? 



They would rather return 
than stay here. 

"We will go and take a sail if 
you will come with us. 

I do not perceive them walk- 
ing ; I hear them speaking. 

He asserts having called upon 
your brother-in-law. 

They thought they had, but I 
am not so easily deceived. 

"We purpose buying them 
during the summer. 



He did not deign even to 
look at me. 

They declared having seen 
them leave it. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



91 



X 



To be to. 
To send for. 

To hear. 

To be to. 
To send for. 
To go for. 

To expect. 

To be necessary. 
To be able. 

To imagine. 
To be willing. 

To like better. . 
To prefer. 

To look at 



To prefer. 

To have rather. 

To be better. 

To like better. 
To prefer. 

To come. 



To dare. 
To deny. 

To seem. 

To be t* 

To have like to. 
To be near. 






To pretend. 



9. "What is he to send for; He is to send for the fur« 

the books or the fur- niture. 
niture ? 

10. Did you ever hear them I never did. 
speak ? 

11. Were they not to send No, sir, they were to send for 

for the boats ? the sails. They went for the 

boats this morning. 

12. What do you expect to I expect to study French, 
do next winter ? Spanish, and Italian. 

13. What must be done to We can do nothing now. 

assist him ? 

14. He imagines he can do He does, but we all know 
that, does he not ? that he cannot. 

15. Let him read; do not We will let him read, if ho 

hinder him. will Let us write. 

16. Your brother would like He always likes to play bet. 
better to play than to ter than to study ; he does 
study, would he not ? not seem to know that it is 

better to study than to play. 

11. When you called me what I was looking at the soldiers 
were you looking at? pass. Did you not hear the 

drums beating ? 

18. You would rather stay I would rather go than stay ; 
than go, would you not ? it is better to go than to 

stay here alone. 

19. Did you not like to read I have always liked to write 
better than to write ? better than to read. 

20. Do you not see my sister I do not ; I see your aunt 
coming ? coming. 

21. Will they dare confess hav- They will deny having writ- 

ing written without your ten. 
consent ? 

22. Does she seem to under- She seems to understand but 

stand what is said to her ? she will not answer. 

23. What are you to do, to- I am to sell the goods and 

morrow ? return to the store early. 

24. He was near falling a mo- He was, he would have fal- 

ment ago, was he not ? len had I not been near 

him. 

25. Do you pretend to know I do not pretend to know 

the news? the news you allude to. 




TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To acknowledge. 26. Does he acknowledge hav- 
ing said it ? 

» 
To be able. 27. When you met him a week 

ago at your uncle's, what did 
he say ? 

To look at 28. When I called you what 

were you looking at? 

To return. 29. When will you return to 

see us ? 



He acknowledges having 
spoken of the affair several 
times. 

He told me he could not tell 
mo how much money he 
owed you, but that ho 
would tell your brother. 

I was looking at the sailors 



We shall return to see you 
the 11th of next month. 



d 



To know. 
To wish. 



To 

To wish. 



To maintain. 



To be better. 



To be able. 



To see. 



To be willing. 
To prefer. 



To intend. 
Togo. 
To prefer. 



Togo. 
To be to. 
To intend. 



To intend. 
To be to. 



30. Do you know how to look 
for a word in the dictionary ? 



I believe so : what word do 
you wish me to look for? 



31. You seem to be afraid of Come, come, you are jest- 
coming in ; come in, why do ing, you know that I do 
you not ? not wish to come in : if I 

did I would. 



32. He maintains he has read I do not 
the letter; do you believe him ? not. 



I maintain he has 



33. Is it not better to start now I think it is better to start 
than remain until it is quite now. 

dark? 

34. Will you come and see me I shall not be able to com© 
late or early ? , before half-past eleven. 

35. Do you see anybody com- I see nobody coming now. 
ing? 

36. If he will not pay for the I have just received a letter 
books, send them back to me. from him: he says he would 
I prefer selling them to some- have paid for them a month 
body else. ago, if he had known where 

to write to you. 

Nobody does ; we all intend 
to go to your cousin's after 
dinner, unless you prefer 
going after tea. 

I was to go and visit your 
brother's patients, but he 
wrote to me a moment ago 
that he intended going to 
see them himself. 

I was to board at Mrs. Blan- 
chard's, but as I have just 



37. Who intends to go and take 
a walk after breakfast ? 



38. What are you going to do 
in the course of the after- 
noon? 



39. Where do you intend 
board ? 



to 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



To like better. 40. Do you like staying here 

To prefer. better than going out ? 



been told that she has no 
more room in her house, I 
am to board where you 
were to board last year. 

I do. 



x- 



Approuver. 


To approve. 


Gonsentir. 


To consent. 


Defendre. 


To forbid. 


Desirer. 


To desire. 


Demander. 


To demand. 


Exiger. 


To require. 


Or dormer. 


To order. 


Permettre. 


To permit. 



NO. XXI. 
Use of the Subjunctive, 

EXEMPLIFIED IN NINE GENERAL CASES. 

No. 1. The Verbs: 
Aimer mieux. To like better. To prefer. Preferer. To prefer. 

Souhaiter. To wish. 

Souffrir. t *To suffer. 

Supporter. \ *To bear. 

Trouver Ion. To think it right 
To ask. Trouver mauvais.To think it wrong. 

Trouver dpropos.To think it proper. 

S'etonn&r. To be astonished. 

Vouloir. To wish. To want, — 

as well as any other verbs, or any other portions of a leading phrase used in 
the sense of the preceding verbs, to express — 

Wish or will, Consent, Doubt, Hindrance, 

Surprise, Prohibition, Contradiction, Fear, 

Astonishment, Command, Expectation, Apprehension, 

require that the verb in the subordinate or consecutive part of the sentence should 
be put in the subjunctive. Que must be used after the leading clause in every in- 
stance, without any regard to the English construction, as : 

I deny your having arrived first. Je nie que vous soyez arrive le premier. 

In order to determine in which tense of the subjunctive to put the verb that 
follows the que, observe the following rules : 

Rule 1. "When the first verb is in the present or future of the indicative, the 
verb which follows the que must be in the subjunctive present, as : 
Je veux que vous le sachiez. I wish you to know it. 

II voudra que vous le sachiez. He will wish you to know it. 
Nous permettons quHl ailte. We permit him to go. 

Nous exigerons que vous veniez. "We shall require you to come. 

Rule. 2d. "When the First verb is in either of the Past Tenses or in either of the 
Conditionals, put the Second verb in the Imperfect of the Subjunctive, as : 



* "When used in the sense of to tolerate. 



94 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

Tl a exige \ 

II exigeait > que vous le sussiez. He required you to know it 

11 ezigea -J 

// ezigerait que vous le sussiez. He would require you to know it. 

x, a "7" tX y e I Que vous parlassiez. He would have required you to speak. 

N. B. It must be remembered that the verbs under the present Rule, require 
the Subjunctive, whether used affirmatively or otherwise. 



APPLICATION. 

1. I deny your having arrived first. 

2. I approve of your taking precautions against the bad faith of your debtors. 

3. All your friends will be surprised at your having left the Capital- without tak- 
ing leave of your relatives. 

4. Tour brother wishes to enter the army: I should prefer his entering the navy. 

5. Your father consents that you should take a trip to Paris with me next year. 

6. I have forbidden my servants to allow him to enter my house. 

7. That man asks to be permitted to rest a moment. 

8. If you wish me to go and see you, do me the favor to send me your carriage. 

9. My mother requires me to be up every day before six. 

10. The President has wished that the witnesses be heard. 

11. The king has allowed the ambassadors to be introduced. 

12. This morning you wished me to tell you the truth ; I will tell it you now 
without any disguise whatever. 

13. My mother wished me to write to you to express her dissatisfaction. 

14. That man is so cowardly that he suffers himself to be abused; he would 
even suffer himself to be beaten. 

15. You say that you thought it wrong that I should have taken your son to the 
theatre. 

16. I am astonished that your son should not see the danger to which he is ex- 



17. My wish is that you should remain at your boarding-school until vacation. 

1 8. This morning the colonel gave the order that the regiment should march on 
the first or second of March. 

19. If your intention is to be admitted into good society, you will think it proper 
for me to teil you to behave better than you do. 

20. Will you allow me to go and see him and buy the books ? 

21. I will allow you to go and see him, but I cannot allow you to purchase such 
books. 

No. 2. The Leading Verb used Negatively. 
Leading verbs and clauses not tx-pressing contradiction, hindrance, command, doubt, 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 95 

consent, prohibition, expectation, will, fear or apprehension, do not require the 
subordinate verb following the que to be put in the subjunctive, unless used nega- 
tively, when the subordinate verb must be put in the subjunctive. 

Ex. Jepcnse quHl viendra. I think he will come. 

Je nepensepas quHl vienne. I do not think he will come. 



APPLICATION. 

1. He has no longer a sore hand ; I think he can write now. 

2. His hand is sore ; I do not think he can write before next week. 

3. I believe your father will consent to your marriage with my cousin. 

4. I do not believe that your father will consent to your marriage. 

5. She suspects the thieves will enter the house, but she does not suspect that 
you know that they are to enter it. 

6. You say that he knows his lessons, do you not ? 

7. As I never supposed that he knew them, I do not think I said so ; if I did I 
have forgotten it. 

8. It is certain your mother will come this morning. 

9. It is not certain that she will come. 

10. It is presumed that the governor will respite him. 

11. People do not presume that he will respite him. 

12. It appears that he set out this morning. 

13. It does not appear that he set out. 

v 

No. 3. — Leading Verb used Interrogatively. 

The verb of the subordinate proposition is put in the subjunctive when the lead- 
ing verb, followed by que, is Interrogative, because phrases of this nature express 
ioubt, uncertainty, &c. 

But if the interrogation be used to ascertain whether the person interrogated 
possesses the knowledge of a circumstance that has occurred, that is certain, and 
concerning which there can be no doubt, the subordinate verb is put in the indica- 
tive. 

APPLICATION. 

INTERROGATIVE VERB FOLLOWED BY INTERROGATIVE VERB FOLLOWED BY 

SUBJUNCTIVE. INDICATIVE. 

1. Is it certain that your brother will go 1. Do you know that your brother has 
to town this winter ? been in town these three days ? 

2. Do you think your sister will come to 2. Have you be°n told that your sister 
Paris before the end of the month ? will be here before the end of the 

summer ? 



96 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



3. How could I have suspected that they 
would get angry ? 

4. Do you presume it will be warmer to- 
morrow than it is to-day ? 



3. Did you learn this morning that they 
got angry beyond any doubt ? 

4. Do you perceive that it is much 
warmer to-day than yesterday ? 



No. 4. — The verb etre, followed by an adjeotive or a participle expressing an emo- 
tion of the mind, such as joy, discontent, indignation, &c, requires the subjunctive 
after the que in the subordinate clause. 






. APPLICATION". 

1. I am very glad that you have heard from him. 

2. I am satisfied that you have followed my counsels. 

3. I am content that your sister is gone. 

4. I was sorry that you were sick. 

5. I am full of indignation that the crew has behaved so 

badly. 

6. I am happy that you have succeeded in getting the booka 

back through your agent. {Se /aire rendre une chose par 
une personne.) 

Subjunctive after Impersonal Verbs. 



No.— 5. The subordinate verb is put in the subjunctive after impersonal verbs, 
jr verbs used impersonally, such as : 



LEADING PHRASE. 

Etre Men aise. 

Eire satis/ait. 

Etre content. 

Etre fdche. 

Etre indigne. 
Etre outre. 

Etre hcureux. 



11 est 


It is. 


H est a desirer. 


It is desirable. 


Ilfaut. 


It is necessary. 


II est a propos. 


It is proper. 


U importe. 


It matters, is im- 


U est temps. 


It is time. 




portant. 


It est juste. 


It is right. 


11 convient. ' 


It is suitable. 


&C. 


&C. 


II suffit. 


It is sufficient. 






II vaut mieux. 


It is better. 


We must except, 


however, the ii 


Ti plait a. 


It pleases. 


sonal verbs : 




II est possible. \ 
Tl se peut. j 


It is possible. 


H resulte. 
It paratt. 


It results. 
It appears. 


II peut se /aire, 


It may be. 


II s'ensuit. 


It follows. 



And likewise all impersonal forms in the composition of which there is an ad- 
jective or participle expressing an idea of positiveness, such as : 
II' est certain. It is certain. II est vrai. It is true. 

It est evident. It is evident. H est sar. • It is sure. 

II est constant. It is unquestionable. 72 estprouve. It is proved. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



97 



:\ 



II est d croire. 
II est croyable. 
H est visible. 
Il est presumable. 
H est probable. 
H est apparent. 



It is to be believed. 

It is visible. 
It is presumable. 
It is probable. 
It is apparent. 



H est avere. 
II est assure. 
H est reconnu. 
H est convcnu. 
&c. 



It is averred. 
It is assured. 
It is kuown. 
It is agreed. 
Ac. 



These verbs and impersonal modes of speech require the subordinate verb to b« 
put in the indicative, unless used negatively or interrogatively. 



APPLICATION. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



INDICATIVE. 



1. When we live in abundance, it is rare 1. It is certain that that man who lives 



that we attend to the misery of those 
around us. 



in abundance does not attend to the 
wants of those around him. 



2. To avoid complaints, everybody must 2. Since nobody complains, it results 

do his duty. that everybody does his duty. 

3. It is suitable that you should go and 3. I went yesterday ; it results that they 

speak to them. are satisfied. 

4. It is important that your father should 4. It is unquestionable that your father 



>r 



be informed immediately of your 
illness. 

6. It was fortunate for the crew that the 
captain was an experienced sailor. 

6. It is queer that you arrived at the 
very moment when I was assured 
you were a hundred miles off. 



X 



7. It will suffice, without doubt, for you 

to know the will of your father, to 
hasten to do his bidding. 

8. It pleased your mother that her ser- 

vants should be in her room every 
morning at half-past eleven, did it 
not? 

9. If it pleased your father to have the 

trees cut down, you would be. 
obliged to do it. 

10. It is unfortunate that your brother 

does not know Latin. 

11. Tour uncle may come to see me to- 

morrow. 

12. Your cousin is going to enter the 

army ; it would be better for him to 
enter the navy. 
7 



is informed of your recovery. 

5. The crew is well commanded ; it is 

true that the captain is an experien- 
ced sailor. 

6. It is averred that I arrived at the very 

moment when I was thought to be 
two hundred leagues off. 

7. It is to be presumed that when you 

know the will of your father, you 
will hasten to do his bidding. 

8. It is known by everybody that your 

mother wished her servants to be 
in the kitchen every morning before 
six. 

9. It is probable that your father will 

have the trees cut down, if you do 
not do it yourself. 

10. It is notorious that your brother does 

not know a word of Latin. 

11. It is agreed that your' uncle will call 

upon you next week. 

12. Tour brother does not like the army ; 
it is certain that the career of arms 
does not suit him. 



(J\ 



98 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

13. It is proper that that young man 13. It is presumable that he was warned 
should bo warned not to part with in time not to part with his books, 
his books. 

14. I may receive the order in the course 14. It appears that you have re ceiv- 
of the month. ed the order. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

15. It results from the information that 15. It does not result from the informa- 
they have received the order. tion that the order was sent. 

16. It appears that the order was coun- 16. It does not appear that the order 
termanded. was countermanded. 

It. It follows from this that thoy will 17. It does not follow from this that 
come. they will come. 

NO. 6. — USE OF SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES qUt, qilC, clont AND OW. 

The above relatives govern the subjunctive in four different cases. 

First case. 

When preceded by a superlative relative, by its nature expressing the superiority 
of the thing spoken of in the highest degree, as : 

Le plus beau, The finest. Le moindre, The least. 

Le plus fort, The strongest. Le meilleur, The best. 

Le plus grand, The greatest. Le moins fort, 'The least strong 

Le moins beau, The least handsome. Le plus petit, The smallest. 
&c Ac. 



APPLICATION. 

1. The noblest virtue a man can possess is beneficence. 

2. The most honorable reward that a virtuous and truly patriotic general expects 
from his fellow-citizens is their esteem. 

3. Your sister is the wittiest lady that I know 

4. The best pistols I have seen are of American manufacture. 

5. There are many bodies in the heavens, but the sun is the largest we perceive. 

6. The Cid is the best tragedy we have, and the Tartuffe is the finest comedy 
Moliere ever wrote. 

V. The movements of the planets are the most regular that we know. 

8. The shortest course you have to take is to leave the country. 

9. He charges high for the least thing he does. 

10. Tour idleness is the least thing your master complains of. 

11. The healthiest country your sister can be taken to is Italy. 

12. France is the most military nation there is in Europe. 
l.\ *TMs horse is the strongest that has reached the camp. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 99 

Exception. 
If, however, the superlative is followed by a regimen indirect, the indicative 
must be used. 

APPLICATION. 

14. The sun is the largest of the bodies that we perceive in the heavens. 

15. This tortoise is the largest of all those which have reached this country. 

16. This tree is the tallest of all those that I have seen. 

17. Your niece is the most beautiful of all the women that I know. 



NO. 7. — USE Or SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES, qul 9 gWf, dotlt AND ©U . 

Second case. 

The verb following one of the relative pronouns qui, que, dont and oil, is put in 
the subjunctive whenever those relatives are preceded by one of the following in- 
definite pronouns : 

Personne, Nobody. Quelque, Any. 

Pas un, Not one. Rien, Nothing. 

Aucun, No (before noun). Qui que ce soit, "Whoever, whomsoever. 

And likewise before the following modes of speech : 
H n'y a aucun (noun) quelconque. There is no (noun) whatever. 

II n'y a (noun) quelconque. id. id. 

II n'y a que. There is only, but. 



H n'y a rien. 
II n'est rien. 



There is nothing. 



II n'y a aucun. There is none. 

II n'y a guere. There are but few. 

Iiy a peu. There are few. 

H n'y a point or pas. There is or are no (noun). There is or 

are none. 

' APPLICATION. 

1. I know nobody who is as happy as you, and who at the same time takes so 
much pleasure in complaining. 

2. Tour father is so sensible that there exists nobody whose advice and approba- 
tion should be more sought after ; I know nobody who values honest people 
more than he. 

3. There is no reason whatever that can oblige me to leave you. 

4. You complain of that young man, I know not why, for I have seen nothing 
that can be blamed in his conduct. 

5. Do you know any person who is of this opinion ? 

6. Of whomsoever you speak, avoid slander. 

7. There is nothing on the earth that is not for the use of man. 

8. There is nothing that I will not do to oblige you. 



X 






100 * TABULAR SYSTEM. 

9. It is only the beneficent being that can know the happiness tLat is enjoyed in 
relieving the unfortunate. 

10. Whoever sends for me, you will say that I am too busy to appear. 

1 1. There is no power whatever that will oblige me to do that. 

12. Among all the brave men who have honored their country, there is not one 
who has more right to our admiration than your general. 

1 3. There is scarcely any other but you who can get me out of the scrape 

14. There are few women who do not take pleasure in hearing themselves flattered; 
there are none who complain of a compliment. 

15. There are but few American soldiers who are not ready to sacrifice their lives 
for their country. 

16. There are few wines that please me as much as these. 

17. There is no country where people enjoy greater liberty than in the United 
States ; it is only in that country that the people are truly independent. 

1 8. I know no man who is as versed as he in the dead languages. 

NO. 8. — USB OP SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES qui, qil€, doilt AND OU. 

Third case. 

The verb following one of the relatives qui, que, dont and ou, is put in the sub- 
junctive when these relatives are preceded by one of the ordinal numbers, le 
premier, le second, le troisieme, &c, or by one of the adjectives, le seul, Funique, 
the only or the only one. 

APPLICATION. 

1. Tou blame your uncle's conduct ; you are the first not to do bin) justice. 

2. Out of one hundred friends that I have in this city, you are the first that I have 
met for three months. 

3. He is not the first man whom I have seen sacrifice his interests to his self- 
iove. 

4. Of all his friends, can you be the only one upon whom I cannot rely ? 

5. Tour sister is the only woman in this city that does not give occasion to speak 
of her. 

6. Seize this opportunity, the only one you will be able to find. 
1. Burgundy is not the only country where good wine is made. 
8. It may be said that the dog is the only animal whose fidelity is unshaken. 



NO. 9. — USE OF SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES qtii , que, dont AND <W. 

Fourth case. 

The verb following one of the relatives qui, que, dont and ou, is put in the sub- 
junctive, when by this verb we wish to express something involving doubt, uncer- 
tainty or futurity. 

TVhen the verb following one of these relatives expresses something positive, 
-'.uch verb is put in the indicative. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



101 



APPLICATION. 






X 



BELATIVES FOLLOWED BY SUBJUNCTIVE. 

I. He wishes a peace with which every 
party shall be satisfied, which shall 
put an end to all jealousies, which 
shall appease all resentments, and 
which shall cure all distrust. 

2 Who is the man who will make the 
sacrifice of his interests to the 
friendship or the love of his neighbor? 

3. Tou believe, perhaps, that you are 
the only person from whom I can 
expect assistance. 

Could our enemies name a single man 
who would not be ready to sacrifice 
his life in this cause ? 

5. You must give your father reasons 

that will appear plausible to him. 

6. I should like very much to be acquain- 

ted with a guide who could conduct 
me to the Rocky Mountains. 

7. I am looking for an instructor who 

shall be willing to take charge of 
V/ my son. 

8. When I shall be old, t shall retire to 

some country place where I may 
live quietly. 

9. If you marry, choose rather a wife 

without fortune whom you may 
love, than a rich woman who may 
be indifferent to you. 

10. Shall I find upon this road a hotel 
where I can put up ? 



(kx 



RELATIVES FOLLOWED BY INDICATIVE. 

1. He will make a peace with which all 

parties will be satisfied, which will 
put an end to all jealousies, which 
will extinguish all resentments, and 
which will banish all distrust. 

2. The honest man is the one who makes 

the sacrifice of his interests to the 
love of his neighbor. 

3. I apply to you as to the only person 

from whom I can positively expect 
assistance. 

4. I could name thousands of men who 

would not sacrifice their property 
in that cause. 

5. I shall give my father reasons that 

will appear plausible to him. 

6. I know a guide who will be able to 

conduct you to the Rocky Moun- 
tains. 

7. I have found an instructor who is 

kind enough to take charge of my 
son for the present. 

8. When I" shall be old, I shall retire to 

my country-seat, where I will live 
quietly. 

9. If I marry, I shall choose rather a 

wife without fortune, whom I shall 
love, than a rich wife who would be 
indifferent to me. 

10. You will find upon this road an inn 
where you will be able to put up. 



102 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

NO. XXII. 
COURSE OF IDIOMS. 

Tho following short course of idiomatical expressions, in which the learner is • 
apt to be mistaken, has been introduced during the last course of instruction, 
principally with a view to accustom him to analyze French idiomatical turns of 
phrase differing widely from the English forms used to express the same idea. 

No. 1. — People, Peuple, Gens, P.ersonnes, Monde. 

People, meaning that aggregate body of human beings that compose a nation, 
is expressed by peuple ; as : 

The French people. Le peuple francais. 

The will of the people. La volonte du peuple. 

People is also said of that number of persons without dignity who compose the 
multitude; as: 

An insurrection of the people. Un soulevement du peuple. 

People, used to denote a certain number of individuals, is expressed by gens, per- 
sonnes or monde ; as : 

There are a great many people in the II y a oeaucoup de monde dans la rue. 
street. 
But observe that gens is not used after a definite number ; we do not say, deux 
ou trois gens, — two or three people ; we say, deux ou trois personnes, except when 
gens is attended by an adjective ; as : 

Two or three honest people. Deux ou trois honnetes gens. 

Five or six young men. Cinq ou six jeunes gens. 

Observe also, that when gens is attended by an adjective, that adjective must be 
feminine if it comes before gens, and masculine, if it comes after ; as : 
Good people. Be bonnes gens. 

Civil people. Des gens civils. 

Old people are suspicious. Les vieilles gens sont soupconneux. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 1 . — Pe ople. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Was not the president elected by the will He was elected by a great majority, six 
of the people ? months after the first insurrection of 

the people. 

Were there many people at the theatre There were more people in the street 

last night? than in the. house. 

Old people are suspicious, are they not? They are generally so, but it would be 

wrong to say that they are all so. 

How many young people do you know ? I know seven or eight young people in 

this vicinity; your brother knows 
two charming young ladies. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 103 

No. 2. — Country, Pays, Campagne, Patrie, Contree. 

Pays is said of a large extent of country, such as the dominions of a government, 
a country, or a province. 

Campagne is said of a certain extent of fields, and is the opposite of ville, town, 
as: 

France is a fine country. La France est un lean pays. 

I prefer the country to the town. Je pre/ere la campagne d la ville. 

Contree is said of a certain extent of country, more or less great, considered un- 
der some physical relation, making a distinct whple of it, as : 
A sandy country. Une contree sablonneuse. 

He lived a long time in the icy regions II a hngtemps habite les contrees glaciate 

of the north. du nord. 

It is sometimes used in a more general sense, as: 
To wander from eountry to country. Errer de contree en contree. 

Patrie is the native land, as : 

In poor countries, the climate of which Dans des contrees pauvres, dont le climat 
is ungenial, we see men cherish their est rude, on voit te hommes cherir leur 
native land. patrie. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 2. — Country. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

France is a fine country, is it not ? It is ; when I was there I usually spent 

a part of the summer in the country. 

Do you not prefer the country to the I do; but I never have time to stay 
town ? long in the country. 

Can there be a greater crime than to It is very difficult to justify the man 
bear arms against one's country? . who would thus seem to betray his 

country. 

Did not those exiles live a long time in They did ; and in those poor countries, 
the icy regions of the north ? the climate of which is ungenial, they 

noticed that the inhabitants cherished 
their native land. 



No. 3. — Mouth, Bouche, Gueule. 

Bouche is the human mouth. 

Bouche is also used in speaking of horses and of a few other animals, and of 
beasts of burden and draught, as : 

• La bouche dlun chcval. 

La bouche d\m dne. 
La bouche d'un elephant. 



104 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



La bouche <Tun singe. 
La louche <Tun mulet. 
La bouche d } un chameau. 
La louche d'un boeuf, &c 

For the greater part of other animals, and especially for those of the lower or- 
ders, gueule is used, as : 

La gueule d'un loup. 

La gueule d'un chien. 

La gueule cTun requin. 

La gueule d'une truiie. 
STN". — Bouche s'emploie toutes lesfois quHl n 1 est pas question de marquer la voracite. 

Gueule s' applique plus particulierement aux animaux qui ne viventquede chair. 
What is the matter with you? Qu'avez-vous t 

What is the matter with your hand ? Qu'avez-vous a la main f 

Your hand looks sore. Vous avez Vair cCavoir mal d la main. 

It is sore. JPy ai mal. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 3. — Mouth. 

QUESTIONS. A2TSWERS. 

What is the matter with your mouth ? it It is very sore ; we all poisoned our 
looks sore. It is, is it not ? mouths when we were in the country 

a fortnight ago. 

Were not the dogs carrying the meat in No, the butcher had tied it on their 
their mouths ? backs. 

That bit will hurt your horse's mouth, It will ; I do not intend to use it ; his 
will it not? mouth is already sore. His last bit 

was a great deal too large ; I had it 
altered too late. 



No. 4. — Time, Temps, Fois, Mesure. 

The word time, denoting any period or space, is expressed by temps, as: 

It is time to set out. Best temps de partir. 

This time we shall not be there in time. Cettefois-ci nous riy serons pas d temps. 

But the word time is sometimes used to limit the action of the verb, or to denote 
the repetition of the action, as ; the first time, this time, another time, several 
times, &c., and it is then expressed bjfois, f., as: 

Pardon me for this time. Pardonnez-moi pour cettefois. 

I will do it better another time. Je leferai mieux une autrefois. 

How many times did you write ? * Combien de fois avez-voui ecrit t 

Time in music is mesure > f, as : 



TABULAE SYSTEM. « 105 

Does he understand time ? Sait-il la mesuret % 

To be in tune. Etre d'accord. 

To be out of tune. Ne pas etre d'accord. 

To sing in tune. Chanter juste. 

To sing out of tune. Chanter faux. 

AMPLICATION. 
No. 4. — Time. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Is it not time to set out ? It is r.ot quite time to set out ; however, 

let us go; this time we shall be in 
time. 

Pardon me this time ; I will do it better I hai e told you so many times not to do 
another time. what you have just done, that it is 

impossible for me to forgive you. 

How does your pupil play now? I am He has a fine tone on the flute and clari- 
told he plays on several instruments. onet, but I have never been able to 

make him understand time. 

How does that young lady play the piano? Very well; she also plays very well 

on the guitar, but she sings out of 
tune. 

Is her piano in tune ? It is not ; it has been out of tune these 

six months. The tuner will be here 
the day after to-morrow. 



No. 5. — Year, An, Annee. 

An is an indefinite expression which serves rather to denote the period than its 
duration ; it is chiefly used after the cardinal numbers, un, deux, &c, as : un an, 
deux ans, trois ans, &c. 

Annee, on the contrary, implies duration, and will admit of different modifications ; 
so when year is attended by an article, an adjective, or another noun, it is generally 
expressed by annee, as : 

This year. Cette annee-ci. 

A good year. Une bonne, une heureuse annee. 

A great number of years. . Un grand nombre d'annees. 

A whole year. Toute une annee. 

To wish a happy new-year to any one. Souhaiter la bonne annee d quelqu'un. 
New-year's day. Le jour de Van. 

APPLICATION. 

No. 5.— Year. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Were you not here two or three years I was here four years ago, and I recollect 
ago ? spending a very happy year. 



106 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Does not the word annee require to be 
qualified by the events which have 
filled its duration? 

Did you pay many visits on New-year's 
day? To how many persons did you 
wish a h»ippy New-year ? 



It does ; I will give you an example : 
""We have had a very rainy year." 
" Last month was a very rainy one." 
" Last year was a very rainy one." 

I did not pay more than ten or eleven : 
next year I shall visit all my frienda 
during the year. 



No. 6. — Day, Jour, Journee. 

Les remarques sur An et Annee, s'appliquent d Jour et d Journee. Le dictionnaire 
des Synonimes de la languefran$aise dit que : il Le mot Jour marque une epoque, determine 
Vetendue oVune duree. La Journee est envisages comme une duree determinee et divisi- 
ble en plusieurs parties, a laquelle on rapporte les evenements quipeuvent s'y rencontrer. 
La Journee est Vespace de temps qui s'ecoule depuis Vheure ou Von se leve, jusqu'd Vheure 
ou Von se couche." Ex. : 

Quand le temps est serein et doux, il fait une belle journee. 
Quand viendrez-vous passer la journee avec moi? 

Journee is also applied in speaking of a day signalized by some remarkable event, 
as : La journee d 1 Austerlitz. And speaking of a battle, we say : " Ce fat une 
sanglante journee." " On desesperait du succes de la journee." 
Afternoon — Apres-diner, m. 
Apres-dine, m. 
Apres-midi, f. 
Apres-dinee, f. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 6. — Day. 



QUESTIONS. 

How did you spend the day when you 
went into the country last week ? 

It was fine weather this morning, was it 
not? 

I was sorry that I could not go out ; I 
was obliged to remain at home all the 
morning ; did you go out ? 



ANSWERS. 

I did not remain there the whole day ; I 
remained there, however, the whole 
morning. 

It wa# very fine. It was very fine all day. 

I did not ; by the way, shall we see you 
this evening ? I need not tell you who 
is to spend the evening with us, need 
I? 



No. V. — Moening, Matinee. Evening, Soir, Soiree. 

It is the same with matin, matinee ; so\r and soiree, as it is with jour, journee. 
Matin is said of the first, and soir of the last part of the day ; but they do not im- 
ply any idea of duration. Matinee, on the contrary, implies the whole time from 
daylight till noon ; but it is generally understood to be from the time that people 
get up till twelve o'clock at noon. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 107 

Soiree implies tho whole time of darkness till twelve o'clock at night, or till 
people retire. 

EXAMPLES. 
It was fine this morning. II faisait beau ce matin. 

I have studied all the morning. J'ai etudie ioute la matinee. 

Shall we see you this evening ? Vous verrons-nous ce soir ? 

I shall spend the evening with you. Je passerai la soiree chez vous. 

N. In saluting, we say bonjour for good morning ; bonsoir for good-night, in 
the early part of the night ; and bonne nuit, when the night is far advanced. 

Where did he sleep ? Ou a-t-il couche f 

Where did he He down? Oil s'est-il couche ? 

To go to bed early. Se coucJier de bonne heure. 

To be up late. Se coucher tard. 

By the watch. A la montre. 

Town-clock. Horhge, f. 

Parlor-clock. Pendule, f. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 7. — Morning. Evening. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWEES. 

Where did he sleep last night? He spent the whole night at the balL 

Will you go to the play this evening ? Not this evening; I intend to go to bed 

early to-night ; I was at the ball last 
night and up very late. 

It is twelve o'clock, is it not ? It is a quarter-past twelve by my watch, 

how late is it by the clock ? — By the 
clock it is a quarter-past one. 

Tou intend to sit up to-night, do you not ? How can I ? I was up too late last night, 

and the night before also. 



]STo. 8. — Night, Nuit, Soir. 

If by night you mean the whole time of darkness on the part of the earth which 
we inhabit, you express it in French by nuit, as : 

OH a-t-il couche la nuitpassee ? Ha passe toute la nuit au baL 

If by night you mean only the first part of darkness, which is otherwise called 
evening, you express it by soir, as: 

Will you go to the play to-night? Irez-vous au spectacle ce soir t 

Were you at the ball last night ? Etiez-vous au bal hier soir t 

Last night is often expressed by cette nuit, as : 

I did not sleep well last night. Je rlai pas Men dormi cette nuit (qui 

vient de passer, understood). 



108 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



APPLICATION. 

N o. 8. — Night 



QUESTIONS. 

At what o'clock did you go to bed last 
night? 

I had spent the evening at your bro- 
ther's ; where did you spend yours ? 



ANSWERS. 

I was up very late ; it wanted a quarter 
to one when I went to bed. 

I went to the theatre, and left about a 
quarter past twelve ; I was not in bed 
before a quarter to two. 



"Were you not here last night? I was not; were you? 



No. 9. — To have, Expressed by 

The auxiliary verb have is expressed by the same tense and person of etre, when 
it comes before any of the following past participles : 



Agreed. 


Convenu.* 


Deceased. 


decide. 


Arrived. 


Arrive. 


Disagreed. 


Disconvenu. 


Become. 


Devenu. 


Fallen. 


Tombe. 


Befallen. 


Survenu. 


Gone. 


AUe. 


Born. 


Ne. 


Returned. 


Revenu. 


Come. 


Yenu. 


Set out. 


Parti. 


Come in. 


Entre. 


Succeeded. 


Parvenu. 


Dead. 


Mori. 


Become again. 


Bedevenu. 



EXAMPLES. 

Je suis parti de trop bonne heure. 
II est convenu de lefaire. 
Nous sommes arrives a temps. 
Yous etes revenus trop tot 
Us sont alles trop loin. 

Demeure, used for lived, dwelt, requires avoir, and for remained, stayed, it requires 
etre, as: 

He has lived in Paris. H a demeure a Paris. 

He has stayed in Paris. II est demeure d Paris. 

The following participles take indifferently, avoir or etre: 



I set out too early. 
He agreed to do it. 
We arrived in time. 
You returned too soon. 
They went too far. 



* When cowoenu means suited, it requires avoir, as : 
That would have suited you very well. Cela vous aurait fort lien convenu. 

N. B. The participles sorti, gone out, been out— passe, gone by — monte, gone up — descendu 
come down — require avoir or etre, according to the sense in which they are used. Etre is used 
to express a state; avoir, to express an action, as : 



Avoir. 
My father has been out Mon pere a sorti. 

He has passed just by. 11 a passe pres d'ici. 

He has ascended the hill. II a monte la, colline. 
He has come down the stairs. II a descendu Vescalier. 



Etre. 
He was gone out. H etait sorti. 

He is gone by. 11 est passi. 

He is gone up. II est monte. 

He is come down. H est descendu 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



109 



Accouru. 


Run to. 


Disparu. 


Disappeared. 


Peri 


Perished. 


CrL 


Grown. 


Apparu. 


Appeared. 


DecrH. 


Grown less. 


CompartL 


Appeared. 







APPLICATION. 
No. 9. — To haye, Expressed by fflre. 

QUESTIONS. 

Why did you not go away after hurting 

yourself? 
Would you not have set out earlier if 

they had not returned too soon ? 



Did you not say that the arrangement did 
not suit your partner ? 



ANSWERS. 

I should have gone away if you had ar- 
rived in time, as you had agreed to da 

They did not return too soon ; I had 
hurt my leg when they came in. I 
would not have walked this morning 
for all the world. 

I agree I said so ; nobody else agreed to 
it. 



No. 10. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 

The verb to be is expressed by the same tense and person of avoir, when it is 
followed by the adjectives hungry, thirsty, cold, warm, hot, denoting the natural feel- 
ings ; or by the adjectives right, wrong, afraid, ashamed, &c, because nouns are 
used in the French construction, as : 

I am hungry. J'ai faim. (I have hunger.) 

He is thirsty. II a soif. 

His feet are cold. II a froid aux pieds. 

She is warm. Elle a chaud. 

Her hands are warm. Elle a chaud aux mains. 

"We are .right. Nous avons raison. \ 

They are wrong. lis ont tort. > de bef. verb. 

They are ashamed. lis ont honte. ' 

The verb to be is also expressed by avoir, in speaking of the age, because in 
these instances, as in the above, the French use a substantive instead of an ad- 
jective. 



Ex. How old are you ? 
I am sixteen. 
How old is your horse ? 
He is over eight. 
He will be ten next April. 

I may be wrong, &c. 

To warm one's hands by the stove. 

To wash one's hands in warm water. 

Not over warm. 

To get a thing. 



Quel dge avez-vous ? 

J'ai seize ans. 

Quel dge a voire cheval? 

H a huit ans passes. 

II aura dix ans an mois d'avrilprochain. 

II est possible que faie tort 

Se chauffer Us mains au poele. 

Se laver les mains a Teau chaude. 

Pas trop chaud. 

Se procurer une chose. Avoir une cK 



110 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



APPLICATION. 



"No. 10. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 

QUESTIONS. 

You say you are more hungry than thirs 
ty; why do you not eat? 



ANSWERS. 

I am very hungry, but my feet are so 
cold that I cannot eat before warming 
them. 



You are wrong to say they were I may be wrong to say so, but I am sure 



ashamed to tell how old they were, 
are you not ? 
"Warm your hands by the stove, or else 
wash them in warm water if you can 
get any. 



they are each more than eighty. 

I don't think I can get any warm water; 
I shall have to warm them by the 
stove — the stove is not over warm. 



No. 11. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. (See Remarks connected 
with No. 10.) 

APPLICATION - . 

No. 11. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Will you be twenty next month ? I was twenty-one last month. 

How old is that young lady? She is between fifteen and sixteen, some 

say she is only fourteen. 

Ts not your horse more than six ? He will be seven next spring. 

Which is the older of those two young The fair one is the older, she is fifteen 
ladies ? — the dark one is only twelve. 



"No. 12. — To be, Expressed by Faire. 

The verb Be, attended by an adjective or a substantive denoting the state of the 
weather or the atmosphere, is expressed by Faire, in French, in the 
with il for its nominative, as : 

How is the weather ? 

Is the weather fine ? 

Yes, the weather is very fine. 

It is rather warm. 

It is very cold. 

The weather has been bad lately. 

It is not fine enough. 

To be windy. 

To be rainy. 

To be snowing. 

To take a walk. 

To tak3 a ride. 



Quel temps fait-il? 

Fait-il beau temps f 

Out, ilfait tres-beau temps. 

H fait un peu chaud. 

Ilfait tres-froid. 

H a fait mauvais temps depuis peu. 

II ne fait pas assez beau. 
Faire du vent. 
Faire de la pluie. 
Faire de la neige. 

Faire une promenade ; or, un tour de promenade. 
Faire une promenade a cheval, en voiturc, &c. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Ill 



To take a saiL Ihire une promenade en bateau. 

To be sunny. Faire du soleil. 

To be foggy. Faire du brouillard. 

To be dark. Faire obscur. 

To be light. Faire clair. 

To be finel Faire beau; or, beau temps. 

To be bad J Faire mauvais; or, mauvais temps. 

To be cold. Faire froid. 

To be warm. Faire chaud. 

To be very cold. Faire-tres-froid ; or, grand froid. 

To be muddy. Faire crotte ; or, de la crotte; or, de la bout. 

To be slippery. Faire glissant. 

To thunder. Faire du tonnerre. 

To lighten. Faire des eclairs. 

To be windy. Faire du vent. 

To be gloomy. Faire sombre. 

To be dry. Faire sec. 

To be cool. Faire frais. 

To be wet. Faire humide. 

To be cloudy. Faire un temps couvert. 



APPLICATION". 
-To be, Expressed by Faire. 

ANSWERS. 

How is the weather ; is it fine enough to It is not fine enough to walk, but al- 
though rather warm, it is fine enough 
to ride. 

The weather has been so bad lately 
that I have neither walked nor ridden. 

I never take a sail when the weather is 
fine and when I can ride. I took a 
long ride yesterday, and I intend to 
take a longer one to-day. 

I do not wish to ride that one ; he is too 
fiery, he is very skittish. I am afraid 
he will throw me. 



No. 12.- 

QUESTIONS. 



walk? 

Do you ride every day? 

Do you take a sail when the weather is 
fine? 



You say you know how to ride well; 
here, ride this horse. You may ride 
him all day if you please. 



No. 13. — To be, To do, Se porter. 
The verbs Be and Do, used to denote the state of the body, are expressed by the 
same tense and person of the reflected verb Se porter, as : 
How are you ? Comment vous portez-vous ? 

How do you do ? Comment vous portez-vous ?* 

* The French do not, like the English, thank those who inquire after their health. Instead of 
u Je vous remercie" they say, " d voire service;' 1 '' or, "vow etes Men bon;" "vous etes lien 
hown&te;" "vous avez oxen de la bonte;'''' or they return the compliment after the answer, by 
wying, " et vous f " 



112 ' TABULAE SYSTEM. 

I am pretty well, I thank you. Je me porte assez bien, et vous f 

I have not been well. Je ne me suis pas lien porte. 

ITow does your mother do ? Comment se porte madame votre mere t* 

She is not exactly well. ElU ne se porte pas trop bien. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 13.— To be. To DO. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

How do you do this morning ? I am pretty well, I thank you. 

You were not very well all last year, I was very well the whole year; my 
were you ? brother was not exactly well. 

How is your mother ? She is better now, She is somewhat better; she is to be 
is she not ? here in the course of the morning or 

the afternoon. 



No. 14. — To be to, Devoir. 

The present tense of the verb to be to (I am to, thou art to, &c), and the imper- 
fect (I was to, &c), followed by another verb in the infinitive, are expressed by the 
same tense and person of the verb devoir, as : 

I am to go home to-night. Je dois. aller chez moi ce soir. 

He is to come to-morrow. H doit venir demain. 

He was to bring it to-day. II devait Vapporter aujouroVhui. 

TO BE, NOT EXPRESSED IN FRENCH. 

The infinitive to be, followed by a past participle, is not expressed in French, in 
phrases of the following nature, viz. : 

There is nothing to be seen. • Jln'y a rien d voir. 

He ordered his head to be cut off. II luifit trancher la tete. 

This house is to be let. On doit louer cette maison. 

This stable is to be sold. On doit vendre cette ecurie. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 14. — To BE TO, (I AM TO, I WAS TO, &C.). 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Are not your friends to be here to-mor- There is nothing to be seen ; I do not 
row, if they are all well ? think they will come ; they may, 

though. 



* It is customary with the French, in mentioning the relations of the persons to whom they 
are o peaking, to add the words, Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle, &c, as: 

Comment se porte Monsieur votre pert t 

Comment se porte Madame votre mere f 

Comment se porte Mademoiselle totre sozur * 
When persons are intimate, this usage is not observed. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



113 



Is this bouse to be let ? It is not ; it is to be sold. 

Do you think it will be sold in the course It will, if the purchasers, who were to 
of this afternoon ? be here an hour ago, arrive in time. 



No. 15. — To be just, To have just, Venir de, Nefaire que de. 

The verbs to have and to be, followed by the adverb just, to denote an action 
that has taken place immediately before the time at which we are speaking, are 
expressed by venir de, or ne /aire que de, in the same tense and person as have or 
be, the French verb after the preposition de being put in the infinitive. 

I am just come. Jeviens d^arriver; or, Je nefais que d'arriver. 

( Monfrere venait definir. 
\ Monfrere nefesait que definir. 

K B. Do not confound nefaire que de with nefaire que, which expresses another 
idea* viz : To do nothing but De added to the first makes the difference between 
these two expressions. 



My brother had just done. 



No. 15.- 

QUESTTONS. 

Were you not to receive letters in the 
course of the afternoon ? 

Had your brother just done when you 

came in? 
Why do you wish to have that house 

sold? 

That young lady has just been playing 
on the piano, has she not ? 



APPLICATION. 
To BE JUST. TO HAVE JUST. 

ANSWERS. 

I have just received two ; neither is for 
you. 

When I came in he had just begun : I 
was told he had just arrived. 

I do not wish to have it sold; I have 
just had it repaired and painted. 

She has ; she does nothing but play on 
it the whole day long. 



No. 16. — Was near — Were near— Had like to — Tenser, Manquer. 

Was near, were near, followed by a present participle, and had like, followed by 
an infinitive, denote an action which was on the point of being effected, and are 
expressed by the preterite definite or the compound of the present of penser or 
manquer, according to the rule for the use of the past tense, as: 

ai pense, 
ai manque, 
pensai 

Vous avez pense tomber. 

Vous pensdtes tomber. 



I was near dying. 

I had like to have died. 



You were near falling. 

You had like to have fallen. 

He was near being killed. 

He had like to have been killed. 

To run over. 

He was run over. 

To be nearly concluded. 

To oppose a thing. 

To die with mortification. 

8 



ij'ai pense, ) 
J'ai manque, > 
Je pensai, ) 

Vous avez pense 

Vous pensdtes to; 

> II a pense etre tue. 



Passer sur le corps a, &c. 

La voiture lui a passe sur le corps. 

Penser se conclure. 

S'opposer a une chose. 

Mourir de chagrin. 



114 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 16. — Was near; Weke near; Had like to. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Was he not near drowning in crossing He was ; "When we saved him we had 

the river ? just saved his companion. 

You had like to have fallen, had you not? No, but I had like to have been rue 

over by the carriage. 

The marriage was near being concluded, It was ; the relatives opposed it in 
was it not ? time ; the lovers were near dying 

with mortification. 



No. 17.— | 



There is. 
There are. 



Ago. 

It is since. 



The above expressions, pointing out a 
personal verb T avoir, as : 

Is there any news to-day ? 

Are there flowers in his garden ? 

How far is Calais from Paris ? 

It is 150 miles. 

Calais is 150 miles from Paris. 

How long has he lived here ? 

He has been here these 6 months. 

It is 10 years since he was in France. 

He was in France 10 years ago. 

It is long since I have seen him 



.1 



I have not seen him this long while. 
I had not seen him for a twelvemonth. 



It is far. 
It is long. 



I fly a, 

) 11 y ai 



This. 



These. ) 11 y avait, &c. 



period of time, are rendered by the im- 

Ya-t-il desnouvelles aujouroVhui? 

Ta-t-il desfleurs dans sonjardin t 

Combien y a-t-il de Calais a Paris ? 

Jly a cent cinquante milles. 

II y a 150 milles de Calais a Paris. 

Combien y a-t-il qu'il demeure id t 
Hy a 6 mois qu'il est id. 
By a dix ans qu'il etait en France. 
H etait en France il y a dix ans. 

II y a longtempsqueje ne Vai vu.* 

II y avait un an queje ne Vavais vu. 



No. 17.- 



APPLICATION. 

There is. It is far. Ago. This. 

There are. It is long. It is since. These. 



questions. 
"Some say he was in France ten years ago, 
and that before he went he had lived 
here nearly a year and a half; are they 
right to say so? 



ANSWERS. 

It is long since I have seen him ; your 
brother, who was here an hour ago, 
knows him better than I do ; he may 
be able to tell you. 



• H y a— que — It is— since— requires ne before the following verb, when a negative turn m»y 
be given to the English phrase. 

It is Ions since I have seen him : } T t -i _• • « • 

t 11 y a longtemp8 que je ne Tax vu. 



or. I ha.v« not seen him this long while. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



115 



Here in your horse; do you wish to ride 
him now? 

There is a man who will mend it for you 
in the twinkling of an eye. 



If I wished it I could not ; my saddle is 
out of order ; there it is, go and get it 
mended. 

"Why, you are right — that is the man I 
wanted. 



No. 18.- 



Here is. 
There is. 



Here are. 
There are. 



This is. 
That is. 



These are. 
Those are. 



Void. 
Voild. 



Here is, here are, &c., pointing out any object, are expressed by Void. 

There is, there are, &c, pointing out an object, are expressed by Voild, as : 

Here is, or this is your horse. Void votre cheval. 

Here are your boots. Void vos lottes. 

There is a man who wants you. Voild, un homme qui a besoin de vous. 

N. B. — It is to be observed, that when the nominative of the verb which attends 
"here," "there" in the above sdnse, i. e., pointing out an object, is a personal pro- 
noun, this nominative pronoun is changed into an objective pronoun in French, 
and placed before Void, Voild; thus: 



Here I am. Me void. 




Here they are. Les void. 




Here he is. Le void. 




There she is. La voild. 




Here we are. Nous void. 




To let a person know a thing. Faire savoir une chose a une personne. 


Nobody else. Ne— personne autre. 




So! Ah! Ah! 




Here! Tenez! 




To get bound. Faire relier. 




APPLICATION. 




-jq. _ j Here is. Here are. This is. 
" ( There is. There are. That is. 


These are. 


Those are. 



QUESTIONS. 

There is the man who was here a quarter 
of an hour ago ; he says you must pay 
him a twelvemonth hence at farthest. 

When did you let them know that the 
general had arrived? 

Here I am ; what do you want of me ? 



ANSWERS. 

Let him say what he pleases; let all 
his friends say what they please ; I will 
let them know when I am ready to 
pay them. 

I let them know it more than a week 
ago, but I do not intend to let anybody 
else know it before a fortnight. 

So, there you are at last; here, here are 
your boots ; go and get them mended 



No. 19. — To make, JFhfye, rendre. 
To make, meaning to perform some work, or some action, is expressed by faire 



To make a box. 

To make a noise. 

To make great progress. 



Faire une boite. 
Faire du bruit. 
Faire de grands progres. 



116 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



But to make, expressing, not the performance of an action, but the moral or na- 
tural effects of one being on another, is expressed by rendre. (To make, followed 
by an adjective, is expressed by vendref 



Exercise makes the body healthy 
Vice makes men unhappy. 
Misfortune has made him wise. 

To mistake another person's voice for 

mine. 
To take exercise. 
How is it, &c. 



Vexercice rend le corps sain. 

Le vice rend les hommes malheureux. 

Le malheur Va rendu sage. 

Prendre la'voix d'un autre pour la mienne. 

Faire de Vexercice. 
Comment se fait-il que, &c. 
(Following verb in the subjunctive.) 



APPLICATION. 



QUESTIONS. 



How many boxes did you make to-day ? 
Did you not just tell me that those chil- 
dren do nothing but play? 

Does not exercise make the body 
healthy ? 

Since vice makes men so unhappy, how 
is it they do not shun it more ? 



I made but eleven. 

How could I have told you so? I have 
just come in ; you must have mistaken 
another person's voice for mine. 

It does ; do you take much ? 

It is singular they do not ; experience 
does not seem to make them wiser. 



No. 20. — To cause — To have — To get — Faire. 

The verbs cause and have, and get, in the sense of cause, meaning to order, or 
procure a thing to be done, are expressed by the same tense and person of faire, 
and the English participle which follows have or get, is expressed by the infinitive 
in French, as : 

I had'him arrested. Je Vaifait arreter. 

I shall have him punished. Je leferaipunir. 

G-et your watch mended. Faites raccommoder voire montre. 

To cause to be done or made, ) 

To have or to get done or made, > Faire faire — 

To order or bespeak, ) 

are expressed by the verb faire repeated, i. e., the first verb in the same tense and 
person as cause, have, get, order, or bespeak, and the second verb in the infini- 
tive, as: 



I am going to get a watch made. 
Where will you get it made 7 
•shall have it made in Paris. 

To have a thing done or made for one's 

self. 
To have a thing lent one. 



Je vais faire faire une montre. 
OH, la ferez-vous faire? 
Je la ferai faire Paris. 

Se faire faire une chose. 
Se faire preter une chose. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



11' 



* APPLICATION. 
No. 20. — To cause. To have. To get. 



QUESTIONS. 

Do you know who had your servant ar- 
rested ? 

Why do you not get your watch mend- 
ed? 



2. Not yet : lend me the one you made 

the watch-maker return you when 

you had your own repaired. 
Tour cartridges look dry ; hand me one 

out of that bundle. My cartridge-box 

is empty. 



ANSWERS. 

The same man that had yours punished 
a fortnight ago. 

I am getting a new one made, and I 
have had an old one lent me that goes 
pretty well. Have you had yours re- 
paired ? 

3. Tou mean my Paris watch, do you 
not? I have had it sent back to- 
Paris to have it mended there. 

They are not all dry, though they look 
so ; I could not get them all dried. 



No. 21. — To look, Hegarder, JParaitre, Avoir la mine, Avoir Tair, 

To look at, meaning to consider, to view, is expressed by regarder, as: 
Look at that horseman. Eegardez ce cavalier. 

To look, meaning to seem, to appear, is paraitre, avoir Fair, avoir la mine, avoir 
apparence, as : 

That man looks very proud. 
Tou look very well to-day. 
That bread looks well. 
How does the country look ? 
To look for a person or a thing. 
In (after a superlative). 
Miserable bungler. 



Cet homme a Vair bienfier. 

Yous avez tonne mine aujourdliui. 

Ce pain parait bon.* 

Quelle apparence a la campagne, t 

Ghercher une personne, une chose. 

De. 

Miserable massacre. 



APPLICATION. 



QUESTIONS. 

Who asked you to get those lads' coats 
made ? 



No. 21. — To look. 

ANSWERS. 

Their father asked me ; he desired me to 
tell you about it. I have been look, 
ing for you these two days: have 
you had any made for them ? 



* Or, ce pain a bonne mine. Mine is said of the look of persons, and likewise of things that 
re eatable, as bread, meat, fruits, &c., but it cannot be said of other things. 



V 



118 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



2. I have not. There is no way to get 
them made here: the best tailor in 
the town is but a miserable bungler. 

Look at your brother. He looks well to- 
day, does he not ? 



He looks much better than he did the 
day before yesterday. He looks as 
well as ever. 



No. 22. — To look, Regarder, Paraitre, Avoir la mine. 

(See Eemarks, No. 21.) 

To hand. Passer. 

Dull. Emousse — ne coupe pas. 



To be out of work. 
To taste good. 
To taste of. 
A slice. 
Garlic. 



IP avoir pas oVouvrage. 
Avoir oon goUt. 
Avoir go tit de. 
Une tranche. 
Ail, m. ; pi. Aulx. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 22. — To look. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

That bread looks better than this; cut Hand me your knife, it looks better 
me a slice. than mine ; mine is dull, though It 

looks sharp. 

Do you know what is the matter with He looks sad and discontented because 
that man? he looks very sad, does he he is out of work; can't you get him 



not? 
That ham does not look fresh ; is it ? 



some? 
It not only looks fresh but it tastes very 
good ; will you have a slice ? I assure 
you it does not taste of garlic. 



No. 23. — To suppose, Supposer, JPenser, SHmaginer. 
"We say in French, as in English, " Supposer une chose" to suppose a thing, i. e., 
to take it as granted for the sake of argument, as : Tou suppose (take for granted) 
a thing which is not probable. 

Vous supposez une chose qui rtest pas probable. 

But the verb suppose, so often used in English in the sense of to think, to fancy, 
to imagine, cannot be expressed by the verb supposer in French ; it must be ex- 
pressed by penser or sHmaginer ; as : 

I suppose you know the news. Je mHrnagine que vous savcz les nouvelles. 

It is supposed there has been a battle. On pense qvHil y a eu une bataiUe. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 119 



To hope, Esperer, Se flatter, Aimer d croire, Seplaire d croire. 

The verb hope, followed by a future tense, is expressed by esperer. 

N. B, — Hope, being the expectation of something to come, can never be said, in 
French, of what is past or present ; so when the verb hope is followed by the 
present or perfect tense of another verb, it cannot be expressed by esperer; it must 
be rendered by se flatter, aimer a croire, seplaire a croire, as : 

{Je me flatte, \ 

Je me plais cdroire, > que vous vous portez lien. 
J } aime a croire , ' 
I hope I have not kept you c Je me plais a croire, ) que je ne vous ai pas fait otter* 

waiting. \ J'aime a croire, ) dre. 

(Never J'espcre.) 

Tet there are instances when we may also use esperer, if we transpose it in pa 
renthesis at the end of the sentence, thus : 

You are well, I hope. Vous vous portez lien, fespere. 

I have not kept you waiting, I hope. Je ne vous ai pas fait attendre, fespere. 



APPLICATION. 

No. 23.— To Suppose. To Hope. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

If you say he will have me arrested, you I do not say so, but I suppose you know 
suppose a thing that is not very prob- the news ; he has had all your relatives 
able, do you not ? arrested ; I do not know exactly why. 

I hope your brother will be here soon ; I hope he is better now. If ho is well 
do you think he will be long coming ? he will soon be here. He never makes 

anybody wait when he can help it 



No. 24. — To take, Mener, Porter. To bring, Amener, Apporter. 

Mener, to take, is said of beings that have the natural faculty of walking; 
porter is said of the same beings when they have lost, or are not able to use that 
faculty ; and also of things, as : 

Take my horse to the stable. Menez mon cheval d Vecurie. 

Take the saddle to the saddler's. Portez la seUe chez le sellier. 

Amener and apporter are used in the same sense as mener and porter, but they 
simply imply a relation to the place in which we are, as : 

Bring me my horse. Amenez-moi mon cheval. 

Bring me my whip. Apportez-moi mon foueL 

To bo in a hurry. Eire presse. 



120 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To leave word with a person to have a Faire dire d une personne par une autre 



thing done. 


de faire faire une chose. 


One of his men. 


Un de ses ouvriers. 


In the afternoon. 


L'apres-midi. 


In the course of the afternoon. Dans Vapres-dinee. 


Porter. 


To take, to carry. 


Apporter. 


To bring. 


Reporter. 


To take back. To carry back. 


Rapporter. 


To bring back. 


Emporter. 


To take away. To carry away. 


S'emporter. 


To fly in a passion. To become greatly excited. 


Mener. 


To take. To lead. 


Amener. 


To bring. To lead to. 


Ramener. 


To bring back. To lead back. 


Emmener. 


To take away. To lead away. 



APPLICATION". 
No. 24. TO TAKE. TO BEING. 



QUESTIONS. 

I have not kept you waiting, I hope, 
have I? 

Pefore you took the saddle to the sad- 
dler's, did you take the horse to the 
stable? 



When do you intend to take 
to the bookbinder's ? 



ANSWERS. 

Not long ; I suppose you are not in so 
great a hurry as I am. 

I did; the saddler was not in. I left 
word with one of his men to have the 
new whip brought home early in 
the afternoon. \ • 

these books I intend to take them there this evening, 
if the missing volume is brought back 
to me in time. 



No. 25. — To use, Se servir de, User de, En user, Employer, 
Traiter, Agir, Avoir coutume. 

To use, meaning to make use of a thing, is rendered by the reflected verb se 
servir de, as : 

I am using my knife, my pen, &c. Je me sers de mon couteau, de ma plume, 

and not J'use mon couteau, because user une chose means to wear out a thing, not, to 
make use of a thing. 

Tet, speaking of moral or intellectual objects, we render use by user de, as : 

To use patience, violence, reprisals, &c. User de patience, user de violence, user de 

represailles, dec. 

To use, speaking of the manner of acting toward a person, is expressed by traiter, 
en user avec, agir avec, as : 

me traite bien. 

en use bien avec moi. 

agit bien avec moi. 

II ne m'apas bien traite. 



He uses me welL 

He has not used me well 



(II 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



121 



To use, meaning to be accustomed to, is rendered by avoir coutume de, etre accou- 
tume d, as :. 



You are used to it. 

He was not used to do so. 

To make a pen. 

A fine-band pen. 

Coarse-nibbed pen. 

Fine-nibbed peD. 



Vous y etes accoutume. 

JR n'avaitpas coutume d'agir ainsi. 

Tailler une plume. 

Une plume en fin. 

Plume taillee en gros. 

Plume taillee en fin. 



QUESTIONS. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 25.— To USE. 



ANSWEBS. 



Do you always make use of the same I sometimes use the one you used to use 
penknife to make a pen ? to make fine-hand pens. 

You can't use that pen ; it is quite worn I can use it a little longer ; I prefer 



out ; make another. 

Do not use violence towards him ; use 
him well and he will use you well. 



coarse-nibbed pens to fine-nibbed ones ; 
I am used to them. 

He has never used me well, although I 
have always endeavored to use patience 
toward him. 



No. 26. — To help, Aider j Servir. 
To help, in the sense of to assist a person to do a thing, is expressed by aider, 



Shall I help you to do it? 
My brother will not help me. 

But to help is often used in 
person ; help is then rendered 
to the person, as : 

Shall I help you to a glass of 



Ilelp that gentleman to a gk 
and water. 

K Construe, as follows, 

Help that gentleman. 
Help the gentleman. 
Help them. 
Help them to meat. 



Vous aiderai-je d le /aire 7 
Mon frere ne veutpas m 1 aider. 

the sense of to take, to offer, to present a thing 'to a 
by servir, not the person to the thing, but the thing 

wine ? Vous servir ai-je un verre de vin ? (Literally, 

To you shall I serve out a glass of 
wine?) 

s of sugar Servez d ce monsieur Id-oas un verre d'eau 
sucree. 

of a similar nature : 

Servez ce monsieur-Id. 
Servez monsieur* 
Servez-les. 
Servez-leur de la viande. 



* When the person is present and within hearing, the article is dropped. 



122 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 26. To HELP. To USE. 



QUESTIONS. 



ANSWERS. 



Tou were not used to do so ; why do you "Were I well treated I should act other- 
do so now ? wise ; violence is used towards me. 

I find myself obliged to use reprisals. 
Your brother will not help you to do Do, if you can; for I cannot use my 



that; shall I? 
Shall I help you to a glass of wine ? 

Have you helped the ladies to fruit ? 



right hand since I hurt it. 

Help this gentleman first; I will help 
myself. 

I have not ; they prefer helping them- 
selves. 



NO. 27. TO ATTEND, 



EXPLAINED IN THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES. 



To attend a meetiDg. 

To attend to one's duty. 

To attend to what is said. 

To attend to business. 

To attend a sick person. 

To attend a patient (visit). 

To attend (wait upon) a master. 

To attend (be taught by) a master. 

To attend (give lessons to) a pupiL 

To carry on business. 
To be very profitable. 
A nurse. 

It is a difficult thing. 
It is difficult to get, Ac 



Alter or assister a une assemblec 
Faire or remplir son devoir. 
Faire attention a ce que Von dit 
S'appliquer aux affaires. 
Garder or soigner un malade. 
Voir or visiter un malade. 
Servir un maitre. 
Prendre lecon d'un maitre. 
Bonner lecon d un eleve. 

Faire des affaires. 

Rendre oeaucoup. 

Un (une) garde-malade. 

Vest une chose difficile. 

H est difficile de se procurer, &c. 



APPLICATION. 
NO. 27. — TO ATTEND. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

When do you intend to attend the meet- If I have time I shall attend the second, 
ings? 



Do these lads attend to their duty ? 



They do not ; they do not even attend 
to what is said to them. 



Do you not think they will enrich them- They will ; the business they carry on is 
selves if they continue to attend to very profitable. 
business as they do now? 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 123 

Do you know whether Doctor Sangsue He has found one, but my brother 
has found a nurse to attend your wants two ; it is difficult to get a sec- 
brother ? ond. 



No. 28. — To want, Avoir besoin de, Avoir envie de, JDesirer, 
JSouhaiter, Voidoir, Demander. 

To want, meaning to be in need of a thing, or under the necessity of doing a 
thing, is expressed by avoir besoin de; as: 
I want money (am in need of). J^ai besoin d'argent. 

I do not want him (have no need of). Je n'aipas besoin de lui. 

I want to go to town (must go). J'ai besoin d 1 alter a la ville. 

But want is often used to denote merely wish or desire ; it is then expressed by 
avoir envie de, desirer, souhaiter, or vouloir ; as : 

I want to see him (I wish). Je desire {Je souhaiie (de) ) le voir. 

I want to speak to him. J'ai envie de luiparler. (I have a mind.) 

I want him to learn French. Je veux quHl apprenne lefranpais. 

To want a person or a thing, in the sense of wish, is expressed by de- 
mander; as: 

Whom do you want ? Qui demandez-vous ? 

What do you want ? Que demandez-vous ? 

Tou are wanted. On vous demande. 

He wants you. II vous demande. 

Moreover. Be plus. 

Thoroughly. A fond. 

Not that I know of. Pas que je sache. 

To walk so many miles a-day. Faire tant de milles par jour. 

To be in trim. Etre en haleine. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 28. — To WANT. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Do these men want neither money nor They want money, and moreover, they 
clothes ? want you to give them some. 

1 want you to go to France a year or two I have already studied it a little ; I 
hence, but before you go I want you want, however, to study it more at- 
to study the language thoroughly. tentively. 

You are wanted, are you not? Not that I know of. I think you are, 

though. 

Do you want to speak to them ? I did ; I do not now. 

How many miles can you walk a day ? When I was in trim, I could walk 40. 



124: TABULAR SYSTEM. 

No. 29. — Yo Marry, Marier, Epouser, Se marier. 

To give a person in marriage, or to perform the ceremony, is expressed by 
marier ; to take a person in marriage, is expressed by epouser; as: 



My lather has married his niece. ) ,, 

/,..,. N Y Mon pere a marie sa niece. 

(has given her in marriage). ) 

V Mon pere a epouse sa niece. 



My father has married his niece, 
(has taken her for his wife). 

That bishop has married my sister. 
(performed the ceremony). 

That bishop married my sister. 



> Get eveque a marie ma 



lat bishop married my sister. ) „ , , . , , 

(has taken her as his wife). \ 0et eveque a epouSe ma scmr ' 

N. Married, in the sense of taking a wife, is expressed by epouse after the 
auxiliary have; and by marie after the auxiliary be; as: 

I have married his sister. JTai epouse sa sozur. 

I am married to his sister. Je suis marie a sa soeur. 

To marry, without anyobject added, is rendered by the reflected verb, se marier; 
as: 

When do you marry ? Quand vous mariez-vous t 

I shall never marry. Je ne me marier ai jamais. 

Love-match. Mariage d'inclination, m. 

Dowry. Dot, f. (final t always sounded.) 

To traffic. Negocier. 

Money-match. Mariage de convenance, m. 

Often turn out well. Sbnt souvent heureux. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 29.— To Marry. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Is not a father who marries his daughters Such a father is guilty, yet love- matches 
against their will guilty both toward are not always the happiest, 
them and toward society? 

Who is that gentleman yonder; is he a No, he is an old bachelor ; he will never 
married man ? marry. 

What is the name of the clergyman who I cannot recollect his name ; I am told 
married your niece ? she is to have no dowry. 

Thales was wont to say concerning marriage, " Young man, consider whether it 
be not too soon to marry; old man, consider whether it be not too late." 

To marry a woman for her property is not marrying, it is trafficking, and still 
money-matches often turn out very well. 



TABULAE SYSTEM. 125 



No. 30.— To Ride. 

To ride well. Monter lien a cheval, se tenir lien d ch. 

To ride in a carriage. Aller en voiture. r 

To ride on horseback. Alter d cheval. t' 

To take a ride in a carriage. Faire un tour en voiture. Se promener en v. 

To take a ride on horseback. Faire un tour cheval. - Se promener d 

cheval. 

To ride, attended by any particular object, that is, an object specified by a de- 
termining word, such as an article, '&c, is generally rendered by prendre, monter, 
alter, as: 

I will ride your horse and you \ jtw^I** (. voire cheval et vous irez dans ma 
will ride in my carriage. | Je mmkrai j" voiture. 



To Walk, Marcher, Se promener. 

If by walk, you mean the action of going from place to place, either for business 
or exercise, you must use marcher, as : 

Walk a little faster. Mdrchez unpeu plus vite. 

I cannot walk any more. Je ne puis plus marcher. 

I have walked too much to-day. Jai trop marche aujourdhui. 

If by walk, you mean that exercise which is taken for diversion, you must use 
the reflected verb se promener, as: 

Let us walk a little. Promenons-nous un peu. 

I have not walked to-day. Je ne me suis pas promene daujourd'hui. 

To take a walk. Faire une promenade ; faire un tour. 

Let us go and take a walk. Allons faire un tour de promenade. 

Go and take a walk in the garden. Allez faire un tour dans lejardin. 

Faire un tour is generally understood of a short walk^ and faire un tour de pro- 
menade, or faire une promenade, means to take a walk without any limitation as to 
time, but rather long than very short. 
Spring wagon with leather curtains. Char d lanes a ressort et d rideaux de cuir. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 30.— To Ride. To Walk. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

In which coach do you intend to ride ? I intended to ride your" horse, but since 

you say you intend to ride him your- 
self, I shall ride in the spring- wagon 
with leather curtains. 

Walk a little faster; you do not keep up I cannot walk any more ; I have walked 
with me. (suivre.) too much to-day. 






126 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

Would you not liko to take a short walk I will take one with you ; stay a little 
in the garden ? longer and I promise to come and see 

you every other day for a twelve- 
month. 

Come and see me to-morrow if you are *I do not think I shall be well enough to 
well enough. walk so far. 



No. 31. — To Return, Hetourner, JRevenir, Rendre. 

For to go lock, use retourner, as : 
I come from Paris and I shall return (go Je viens de Paris etfy retowrnerai demain. 
back) to-morrow. 

For return, in the sense of come back, use revenir, as : 
I am going to Paris and I shall return Je vais a Paris etje reviendrai la semaine 
(come back) next week. prochaine. 

To return, meaning to giv6 back, to restore, to repay, is rendre. 
Return me my key. Bendez-moi ma clef. 

Did I not return it to you ? Ne vous Vai-jepas rendue t 

To call a person up (to awake from sleep). Faire lever une personne ; reveiller unep 
They must have been broken. Onad&Us casser. 

To be back. Etre de retour. 

APPLICATION. 
No. 31. — To Return (come back and go back). 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

If you go to Paris this month, will you I do not think I shall return before the 
return next month ? last week in March. 

If you return to London, do you think If I could, I suppose they would; I 
your goods will be returned to you? cannot return, however, before my 

partner returns from Lyons. 

They break every thing in this house ; When I went back to the house to call 

look at those plates and that bottle, they upon you, to tell you to call the clerks 

must have been broken less than an up early, there was nothing broken; 

hour ago. they must have been broken since. 

How long have you been back ? I have been back these two hours. 

No. 32.— To Call. To Break. 

To call a person. Appeler unepersonne. 

To call on a person. > to chez une personne . 

To call at a person's. ) 

When will you call on me ? Quand passer ez-vous chez moi 7 

I shall call upon you to-morrow. Je passerai chez vous demain. 

To break, rompre, casser. 
Eompre is said of things which require some effort to break them, such as wood, 
&c, as: 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



127 



Fou have broken my stick. Vous avez rompu mon bdton. 

Casser is said of things that are frail, such as glass, earthen -ware, &c, 



She has broken the plates. 
The glass and bottle are broken. 
H". In speaking of bones use casser. 
Ex. He has broken his leg. 



Elle a casse les assiettes. 

he verre et la bouteille sont cassis. 



U s'est casse lajambe. 
"Without specifying any particular object we use casser, as: 



On casse tout dans cette maisori. 



They break every thing in this house. 
To break, to dash to pieces, is briser. 
The ship was dashed to pieces. 

To call a person up early. 

To be up late. 
To be up in time. 
To oversleep one's self. 
To make a person angry. 
To get angry. 

To break one's cane over a person's head. Donner une volee de coups de canne d quel- 

qu'un. 



Lenavirefut brise. 
{ Faire lever quelqu'un matin. 
\ Reveiller de bonne heure. EeveiUer matin. 
Sc coucher tard. 
Etre leve a temps. 
Dormir troy tard. 
Fdcher quelqu'un. 
Sefdcher. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 32. To CALL. TO BREAK. 



QUESTIONS. 

in* you still intend to call upon your 
friends in the morning, call me up 
early : I was up very late and I may 
not be up in time. 

If you make him angry he will break his 
cane over your head. Do not speak 
to him when he is busy, you know it 
puts him in a passion. 



ANSWERS. 

I will, if I do not oversleep myself. I 
called upon them the day before yes- 
terday ; they were not sure about re- 
turning home. 

I only want to tell him that the main- 
spring of my watch is broken; how 
can that put him in a passion ? 



No. 33. — To like, Aimer \ Trouver bon, JPenser. 

To like, meaning to be fond of, to have a liking for a person, for a thing, is 
aimer; as.- 

I like wine, money, pleasure, &c. J'aime le vin, V argent, le plaisir, &c. 

But Vko is often used, especially in asking questions, for to think, to have an 
opinion, »nd is then expressed by penser or trouver; as : 



How do }n>u like this country ? 



j Que pensez-vous de ce pays-ci t 
( Comment irouvez-vous ce pays-ci f 



128 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



Tet in the answer wo use aimer; as : 

I like it well enough. 

I like it much. 

I do not like it at all. 

The size. 

As large again. 

To keep a horse. 

"What do you charge for, &c. 

Seat in the coupe. 

The first stage. 

"What weight of baggage can you take ? 

To charge so much a seat. 

"We can take 100 kilogrammes. 



Je Vaime assez. 

Je Vaime beaucoup. 

Je ne Vaime pas du tout. 

La grandeur. 

Une fois plus grand. 

Avoir un cheval. 

Quel est le prix de, &c 

Place (f.) au coupe. 

La premiere voiture or diligence. 

Combien de bagage pouvez-vous charger t 

Prendre tant par place. 

Nova pouvons charger cent kilogrammes. 



APPLICATION. 



No. 33.- 

QUESTIONS. 

How do you like this project ? do you 

think we shall succeed in it ? 
Do you like the size of that picture? 

How many horses do you keep ? 

What is the charge for two seats in the 
coupe? we want to go by the first 
stage; please to tell me also what 
weight of baggage you can take. 



■To LIKE. 

ANSWERS. 

I like it well enough, but Whether I like 
it or not, it can never succeed. 

I like large pictures : that one should be 
as large again. 

I keep but one ; it costs too much to 
keep two. 

"We charge 50 francs a seat; we can 
take one hundred kilogrammes. 



"No. 34. — To keep, Garder, Tenir, Avoir. 

To keep, meaning to preserve, to watch, to guard, to look after, is expressed by 
garder ; as: 

Keep it for my sake. Gardez-le pour V amour de moi. 

This dog keeps (watches) the house. Ce chien garde la maison. 

This boy keeps the flocks. Ce garcon garde les troupeaux. 

These instances excepted, to keep is generally tenir ; as : 

She keeps a school. Ellc tient ecole. 

She keeps an inn. EUe tient auberge. 

She keeps boarders. EUe tient des pensionnaires. 

To keep a person in prison, in the house. Tenir une personne en prison, dans la 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 129 

To keep clean. Tenir propre. 

To keep ready. Tenir pret. 

To keep horses, cows, a carriage, &C. Avoir des chevaux, des vaches, une voi 

ture, &c. 

To get, to gain, to earn, to win, to acquire, are rendered by gagner ; as : 

He gets (earns) 5 shillings a day. ■ II gagne cinq scheUings par jour. 
He has got (won, earned) a deal of money. II a gagne beaucoup d" 1 argent. 

But the past participle got, so often added to the verb have, is not expressed in 
French, as : 

Have you got any money about you ? Avez-vous de V argent. sur vous t 

You have got a new hat. Vous avez un chapeau neuf. 

To keep one's room. Garder la chambrc. 

To pain. Faire du mal. 

Ankle. Cheville (f.) 

APPLICATION. 
No. 34.— -To keep. To Get. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWEES. 

How long has that lady kept a school ? She does not keep a school now ; 

keeps a boarding-house ; she has 
yet but very few boarders. 

Why do you keep in the house all day ; I am obliged to keep my room ; my 
would you not like to take a short ankle still pains me very much, 
walk now and then ? 

Are the beds kept clean at that hotel ? Not always ; I have been obliged to 

have the sheets changed. 

How much do these workmen earn a More than they deserve ; they fret and 
day ? fume when they do not earn five dol- 

lars each. 

When your brother was a clerk in the I don't know what he got then ; ho 
custom-house, how much did he get a hardly gets five hundred dollars a 
year ? year now, and he is busy from morn- 

ing to night. 



■No. 35. — To Spend, Dtpenser, JPasser. 

Speaking of money, property, to spend is rendered by depenser; speaking of 
time, to spend is expressed by passer ; as : 

He spends all his money in gambling. II depense tout son argent au jeu. 
He spends all his time in hunting. II passe tout son temps a la chasse. 

9 



130 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

To Charge, Prendre, Faire payer, Prix. 

The verb charge, so often used in speaking of the price of things, cannot be ex- 
pressed in French by charger, which means, to load; it must be expressed by 
prendre, f aire payer, or by prix, with a verb ; as : 

How much do you charge a day for a ComUen prenez-vous par jour pour un 
horse? chevalt 

_ , , , j, •,-,,„ ( ComUen prenez-vous pour uneselkt 

How much do you charge for a saddle? \ ^detffe^fedWdfe? 

_ , . ( Cest trop ; Jest trop cher ; vous prenez 

You charge too much. i x •* / -l 

° ( trop ; vous faites payer trop cher. 

(Never (vous chargez trop) you load too much.) 

In fencing. A /aire des armes. 

To practise music. Faire de la musique. 

To play chess. Jouer aux echoes (pr. eche.) in the pluraL 

To hire by the hour. Louer d VJieure. 

Next door. A cdte. 

A wagon. Un char a bancs (pleasure wagon). 

APPLICATION. 

No. 35. — TO SPEND. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Do you spend your mornings in fencing I generally spend them in hunting ; 
or practising music ? when the weather is rainy, I play 

chess. 

How much do you charge a day for a We generally hire by the hour; you can 
horse and wagon? get a horse and wagon next door. I 

think you will be charged two dollars 
and a half. 

Have you good saddles ? what do you I charge less than anybody else, 
charge for them? If you do not 
charge too much, I will take one. 



NO. 36.-TO GO OUT TO MEET, \ A } W f dmm * *• , 

( Alter a la rencontre de. 

Let us go and meet your friends. Allons au devant de vos amis. 

We were going out to meet you. Nous allions a voire rencontre ; 

or, nous allions au devant de vow. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



131 



To bring near, Approcher. 
TocouTkeIbJ ^approcher de. 



Bring the table near. 

Come (or draw) near the table. 

I drew my sister near me. 

I went near (drew near) my sister. 

Did you go near it ? 

To pass through. 

Staff. , 

To lead (in the case below). 

Forlorn hope. 

Storming. 

The last fort but one. 

To draw nearer. 



Approchez la table. 
Approchez-vous de la table. 
J'approchai masavur de mot. 
Je rrfapprochai de ma sceur. 
Vous en etes-vous approchet 

Passer par. 

Etat-major, m. 

Commander. 

Les en/ants perdue. 

Assaut, m. 

Uavant-dernier fort, m. 

S'approcher davantage. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 36. — TO GO OUT TO MEET. To BREtfG NEAR. To COME NEAR. 



QUESTIONS. 

"Would you not have gone out to meet 
the officers, had you known they were 
to pass through this village ? 

"What officers do you intend to send out 
to meet the staff? 

Do you wish me to draw the table near 
the fire ? 

Tou look cold; why do you not draw 
near the fire ? 



ANSWERS. 

I could not have done so, had I wished : 

I had no money about me to liire a 

horse. 
The officers that led the forlorn hope at 

the storming of the last fort but one. 
Tes, draw it nearer, and then draw the 

arm-chair near the table, and sit down 

in it. 
I am not as cold as I look; I do not 

wish to draw any nearer. 



No. 37. — To hear, Entendre, To hear from, Hecevoir, Avoir 
des nouvelles de quelqiCun. 

I hear your sister coming. 

Do you hear from your sister often ? 



I often do. 

I hear from her almost every day. 

When wjll you hear from them ? 



J'entends venir votre sceur — ta sceur. 

Recevez-vous ) souvent des nouveUes de made 

Avez-vous ) moiselle votre sceur f 

J'ai souvent de ses nouveUes. <Ten ai souvent. 

Tai ) de ses nouvelles presqtfe tout 

Je recois ) les jours. 

Quand aurez-vous de leurs nouveUes t 



182 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



To be with. En itre de. 

Ji is with, denoting a similarity between two objects, is, II en est de. 

EXAMPLES. 
It is with you as with me. II en est de vous comme de moi. 

It is with a state as with a family. Hen est d'un etat comme d'unefamiUe. 



To get a thing ready. 
Head of the bed. 
Rather damp. 
Class-mate. 



Appreter une chose. 

Le chevet du lit. 

Uh pen humide. 

Camarade de college. Condisciple. 



APPLICATION. 
No. 37. — To HEAR FROM. To BE WITH. (It IS WITH, &C.) 



QUESTIONS. 

I hear your sister coming; get her booHs 
ready and draw her arm-chair near the 
head of the bed. 

Do you hear from your class-mates every 
day? 

Is it not with painters as with poets ? 
Do you say you wish it were with you 
as it is with me? 



ANSWERS. 

I do not think she wishes to sit up ; if 
she does, I had better draw her chair 
nearer the fire : the weather is rather 
damp to-day. 

We hear from them every other day, 
and we shall do so, I hope, for six 
months. 

It is ; both may have recourse to fiction. 

I do ; if it were with me as it is with you, 
it would not be with that affair as it is. 



No. 38. — To be in vain, Avoir beau. 

Avoir beau, followed by a verb in the infinitive, is an idiom, meaning, to take 
useless trouble in doing a thing, as : 

It is in vain for me to write. J y ai lean ecrire. 

It is in vain for thee, &c. Tu as beau, &c. 

It is in vain for him, for her, for one, for II, eUe, on a beau, &c. 

people, &c. 

It is in vain for the man, Ac. Vhomme a beau, dec. 

It is in vain for us, Ac. Nous avons beau, &c. 

It is in vain for you, &c. Vous avez beau, &c. 

It is in vain for them, &c. Us, elles out beau, &c. 

It is in vain that I tell him to study, he J'ai beau lui dire d'etudier, il n'en fait 

does not do it. Hen. 

It is all in vain (for you;. Vous avez beau /aire. 

In vain philosophers prate and dream, Les savants ont beau dire et beau Weaver; 

their systems make everybody laugh. leurs systemes font rire. 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



133 



The wrong lesson. 

To master. 
To retain. 



Une lecan pour Vautre. 

lecon. 
Maitriser. 
Retenir. 



La mauvaim 



APPLICATION. 
No. 38. — To BE IN VAIN. 

QU*SnON8l Axswsas. 

Did you tell those young gentlemen to It is in vain that I tell them to study; 
study, and especially not to study the they do not do it 
wrong lesson? 

It is all in vain, you will never succeed I can master the construction, but it to 

in learning to speak a language unless in vain for mo to study words; I ca»- 

you master the construction and learn not retain them long, 
the words. 



No. 39. — To find fault with, Trouver d redire a ; Lit. {7b 
find to gainsay,) 



He finds fault with every thing. 
What fault can be found with it? 



72 trouve a redire a tout 

Que peut-on y trouver d redire t 

Trouver d redire dans. 
Trouver a redire en. 
Trouver d redire que. 

Exemplified in the following : 

EXAMPLES. 

No fault is found with his work. On ne trouve Hen d redire dans *m 

ouvrage. 

Men find faults in others, which others Cliacun trouve d redire en un autre ne 
find in them qu'on trouve d redire en Uti. 

Fault is found with your going out On trouve a redire que vous sortiez. 

To take it kindly of one. Savoir Ion gre d quelqu'un de, dx. 

To take it unkindly of one. Savoir mauvais gre d quelqu'un de, <fte. 



If he come I will take it kindly. 
He would take it unkindly of me. 
Take it kindly or unkindly, it is all one 
tome. 

To take a thh>g kindly of any one. 
To do without 



EXAMPLES. 

S'il vient je lui en saurai bon gre. 

Jl rrCen saurait mauvais gre. 

Sachez-m'en bon ott mavvais gri, <*fa 
rrtest egal (or pen m'importe). 

Savoir bon gre (or beaucoup de ffrij A 
quelqu'un d'une chose. 

Se passer de. 



134 TABULAR SYSTEM. 

APPLICATION. 
NO. 39.— To FIND FAULT WITH. To TAKE IT KINDLY, UNKINDLY. 

QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 

Why do you find fault with every thing Nobody ever found fault with what you 

I do and say ? Nobody else does. say, but everybody finds fault with 

what you do, and always will. 

What fault can be found with what those No fault can be found; I even take it 

, young ladies say or do ? kindly of them to do what they do. 

If you continue to find fault with what Whether it be taken kindly or not, I 

is done here, do you think it will De cannot help finding fault; I can do 

•'taken kindly? without the good opinion of certain 

" persons. 

No. 40. — To do without, Se passer de. To be en question, S'agir. 

"tfth&t is the matter? Qu'y a-t-il, &c. 

Can you do without a horse? Pouvez-vous vous passer d'un chevalt 

I cannot do without one. Jenesauraisrn 1 en passer. 

When will you be able to do without your Quand pourrez-vous vous passer de vo$ 
books ? livres ? 

The money in question. I? argent dont il s'agit. 

What is the matter in question? De quoi s'agit-il ? 

I can't help, &c. Je ne puis rrCempecher de, Ac, and que 

&c. f with verb in the subjunctive, thus : 

I cannot help finding fault with your not Je ne puis pas m'empicher de trouver d 
' having warned me. redire que vous ne m'-ayez pas averti. 

C Qu^y a-t-il t 
What is the matter ? < Qu'est-ce qu'il y at 

( Qu'est-ce que c'estt 

What is the matter there? j %X?£\f lya ld t 

What is the matter with you ? Qu'avez-vous ? 

-„, . . ■ , .,, v j o ( Qu'avez-vous d la main t 

What is the matter with your hand ? < /L»„* „ mio „,„,„ „»„ a j„ -^/t.v • 
J ( Qu est-ce que vous avez a la main 7 

N. Qu'est-ce que is very prevalent in conversation, instead of que ; so instead of 
saying, Que dites-vous ? What do you say ? Que faites-voust What are .you doing? 
Ac, you hear, 

Qu'est-ce que vous dites ? What do you say ? 

Qu'est-ce que vous faites t What are you doing ? 

(Instead of qu'avaient-ils?) 

Qui est-ce qu'its avaient a la figure? What was the matter with their faces? 



TABULAR SYSTEM. 



135 



APPLICATION. 

NO. 40. — TO DO WITHOUT. To BE IN 

MATTER, &C. 
QUESTIONS. 



question. What is thb 



ANSWERS. 



Do you think I can do without the money 

I have been promised ? 
* 
Do not take it unkindly of me if I say 

you may be obliged to do without the 

money in question. 

What is the matter with your hand? 
Have you hurt it ? 



You can no more do without money than 
without a passport and good letters of 
recommendation. 

I cannot help finding fault with your not 
warning me in time; how can I do 
without it? could you? You know 
you could not. 

I have hurt one of my fingers a little, 
near the nail ; but what is the raattei 
with you? you look very pale. * 



DEUXIEME 



COTJRS D'IDIOTISMBS 



A L'USAGE 



Des Eleves de L'ECOLE Militaire des Etats-Unis. 



AVEC ELBMENT8 BT APPLICATION PRATIQUE 



PAS 

-1 






H. R. 4-GNEL 



sa uawi Ttuxc 



A. S. BARNES & COMPANY, 

NEW YORK AND CHICAGO.. 

1874. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, 

by Mas. Ejoly Agxel, in the Office of the 

Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



tymxtiwt €mt& V%\Mfam*. 



ELEMENTS. 



List No. 1. 

To be quite exhausted. 

Not to be able to help it. 

To lay the blame upon a person for, &c. 

To take a thing for truth, for gospel. 

To go into mourning. 

In the main, all in all, take it all together. 

To get the start, a start. 

To run away. (A horse. ) 

To affect the nose (smell). 

To burn one's throat (pepper). 

The river will freeze over. 

To allow one's self to be allured by promises. 

To. put on a smile. 

To conceive friendship for a person. 

A fire broke out in the house. 

I was fortunate to, &c. 

How to set about it. 

To go the right way to work. 

To go the wrong way to work 

To proceed properly. 

To bungle. 



List No. 2. 

To be back again presently. 

To go on slowly and surely. 

Let the worst come to the worst. 

Oh ! Is that the way you proceed, you act, you do ? 

How he goes to work ! 

To be at stake. 

His (her) fortune is at stake. 

He likes to have his own way. 

To set about working. To go to work. 

It will go hard with him. 

It is getting late, I must be going. 

It goes by steam. 

How goes it with you? ? 

How are you ? 5 

He is too far gone. 

As the story goes. 



Prendre. 

N'en pouvoir plus. 

Ne pouvoir qu'y faire. 

S' en prendre a une personne de, cVv. 

Prendre une chose pour argent comptant. 

Prendre le deuil. 

A tout prendre. 

Prendre les devanfs. 

Prendre le mors aux dents. 

Prendre au nez. 

Prendre d la gorge. 

La riviere prendra. 

Se laisser prendre a une promesse. 

Prendre un air riant. 

Prendre une personne en amitii. 

Le feu pris a la maison. 

Bien m'en a pris de, cVv. 

Comment s'y prendre. 

S'y prendre bien. 

S'y prendre mal. 

S'y prendre de la bonne maniere. 

S'y prendre de travers. 



AUer. 

Ne faire qu' alter et venir. 

A Her son petit bon homme de chemin. ( Familiar. ) 

Au pis alter. 

Quoi est-ce ainsi que vous y allez ? 

Comme it y va I 

Y alter. (Used impersonally.) 

LI y va de sa fortune. 

LI aime d alter comme bon lui semble ; d faire d 

sa guise. 
Se meltre a t'ouvrage. 
LI aura bien de la peine a s'en tirer. 
LI sefdit tardy ilfaut queje m 'en aille. 
C'est la vapeur qui lefait alter, marcher. 
Comment cela va-t-il? 
Comment fa va-t- il ? 
LI est trop bas. 
Comme on raconte I'histoire. 



List No. 2. co»u»»«i. 

As the world goes. 

To let go one's hold. 

Going! Going! Going! Gone! 

Let him go about his business 

Go about your business. 

To go down. (Sun.) 

To go down. (Wind.) 

To go down. (River.) 

To go off. (Goods.) 

To go off. (Guns. ) 

To go off. (To die. ) 

To let the fire go out , 

To go over to France. 

To go over to the enemy. 

The joke goes round. 

Pass the bottle round. Let the bottle go round. 

I would go through fire and water for him. 

Go to him, he is in his room. 

To get along. 

You can get along with that. 



List No. 3. 

To set in order. 

To set things right. 

To set words to music 

To set to the tune of. 

To set one's heart upon a thing. 

To set a hen. 

To set a man at variance with another. 

To set them at loggerheads. 

To set agog — agoing. 

To set the teeth on edge. 

To set an edge to a razor 

To set a leg, a bone. 

To set too great a value on, &c 

To set sail. 

To put the cart before the horse. 

To set a picture in its light. 

Set me right if I am wrong. 

Let me set you right. 

They have a set price for everything. 

To set aside all considerations. 

The question is forever set at rest. 

To set the world at defiance. 

To set down passengers. 



AXlCT. Continued. 

A la maniere dont vont les c hoses. 

Ldc her prise. 

Unefois! deux fois ! trois fois ! adjug/f 

Qu'il aille se promener 

Allez vous promener. 

Se coucher. 

Tomber. 

Baisser. 

Sevendre. 

Partir. 

Mourir. 

Laisser eteindre lefeu. 

Passer en France. 

Passer du cote de Vennemi. 

La plaisanterie passe de douche en bouche ; elU 

circule. 
Faites circuler la bouteille. 
ye mejetterais au feu pour lui. 
Allez le trouver, il est dans sa chambre. 
Pouvoir aller. 
Vous pouvez aller avec cela. 



To Set. 

Mettre en ordre. 

Mettre les choses a leur place. 

Mettre des paroles en musique. 

Mettre sur Pair de. 

Tenir beaucoup a avoir une chose. 

Mettre une poule a couver. 

Mettre un homme mal avec un autre, le brouiller 

avec lui. 
Les mettre aux prises. 
Mettre en train. 
Agacer les dents. 
Donner lefil a un rasoir. 
Remettre unejambe, un os. 
Mettre, attacher trop deprix d, &*c. 
Mettre a la voile. 
Mettre la charrue devant les baufs; mettre les 

choses a rebours. 
Mettre un tableau dans son jour. 
Corrigez-moi sij'ai tort. 
Permettez-moi de vous tirer d'erreur. 
lis vendent tout aprixfixe, aprixfait. 
Mettre de cote', passer par-dessus toute consideration. 
On ne reviendra plus sur la, sur cette question. 
Se moquer du qu'en dira-t-on. 
De'poser, descendre des voyageurs. 



List No. 3. contiawc 

To land passengers. 

To set down as a principle. 

To set down in writing. 

The weather has set in for rain. 

To set up an establishment. 



List No. 4. 

To shoot, to fire with ball. 

To shoot with shot. 

To shoot at a bird. 

To practise shooting. 

He shot him through the arm. 

He was shot in the leg. 

He was shot for having struck an officer. 

He shot by like lightning. 

He is a dead shot. 

There is the place where the shot hit. 

To draw a long bow. 

To tell fibs. 

To be rather shaky (person). 

Cannon shot. 
Canister. 
Small shot. 
JJuck shot. 



List No. 5. 

Why do you keep such people about you ? 
He is very uneasy about his brother. 

A-bout him. 

I would send those people about their business if 

I were in your place. 
He sets about it like one who understands it. 
He has his wits about him. 
Do not be uneasy, I will bring it about. 
Why all this ado about nothing ? 
I made no more ado, but went on with my work. 

Without any more ado. 

However annoying those things may be, do not 

notice them. 
Does this noise annoy you ? 

The least thing annoys him. 
You look annoyed. 



To Set. 

Debarquer des pas sogers 
Poser en principe. 
Coucher, mettre par e'er it. 
Le temps s'est mis d lapluie. 
Monter une maison. 



To Shoot. 

Tirer a balle. 

Tirer d plomb. 

Tirer sur un oiseau. 

S'exercer au tir, d tirer. 

Sa balle lui traversa le bras. 

II refut un coup defeu d lajambe. 

On V a fusille pour avoir frappe' un officier. 

II a passe' avee la rapidite d'un eclair. 

II ne manque jamais son coup. 

Voild Vendroit ou le boulet, la balle, a porte. 

En confer de belles. 

En dire de belles. 

Brauler au manche; etre subjet d caution; ne pas 

falloir trop sejier d une personne. 
Boullet. tn. 
Mitraille. f. 
Plomb. m. 
Chevrotine, f. 



About, dbc. 

Pourquoi vous entourez-vous de pareiiles gens T 
II est Ires inquiet au sujet, sur le compte, de son 

frere. 
A son sujet, sur son compte. 
J'enverrais tous ces gens-ld paitre si j'etais d 

votre place, si j' eta is de vous. 
II s'yprend en homme qui s'y entend. 
II ne perd pas la carte. 
Ne vous inquie'lez pas, f 'en viendrai d bout. 
Pourquoi tout ce bruit, ce tracas, d propos de rien ? 
Je h'enjis ni une ni deux, mais je continual mon 

travail. 
Sans plus def aeons. 
Quelque contrariantes que soient ces chases, riy 

prenez pas garde. 
Ce bruit vous de'range-t-il, vous incommode-t-il, 

vous gene-t-il? 
La moindre chose le chagrine. 
Vous avez Pair contrarie'. 



LlST NO. 5. Continued. 

How annoying it is to miss the train ! 

Boats are not allowed to come alongside. 

She was at anchor along side of us. 

Come along with me. 

To glide along. 

Come along ! 

Get along with you ! 

Take a glass of wine if you feel like it. 

1 do not feel like it. 

Did you ever see anything like it ? 

To give like for like. 

Those reports had like to have been my ruin. 

That is just like him. 

Let us act like men. 

He was like a father to me. 

Give me a lift. 

A man offered to give me a lift in his wagon : it 

was a good lift. I treated the man at the first 

inn. 
To lie in the open air. 
To lie at the point of death. 
To he sick of a fever. 
He lies in bed all day. 

To see how the land lies. 

All his things lie about his room. 

These goods will lie long on your hands. 

Have you any time lying on your hands ? 

Let it lie over until to-morrow. 

It does not he with me that he does not succeed . 

It lies with you to decide if, &c. 



List No. 6. 

To take in, to deceive. 

To look full in the face. 

You are full an hour behind your time. 

Full dressed. Of a lady. 

Full dressed. Of a military man. 

Full dressed. Of professions. 

Full dressed. Of gentlemen. 

Undress. Of military men 

Every-day dress. 

To make a fuss. 

He is fussy 



AbOltt } &C. Continued. 



Quel 



Que c'est contrariant de manquer le convoi! 

contre temps de manquer le convoi! 
On ne per met pas aux bateaux d'accosttr. 
Elle e'tait mouillee a cote de nous. 
Venez avec moi. 
Glisser> couler. 
Allons! 

A llez-vous-en ! Va-t-en ! 
Prenez un verre de vin si le cceur vous en dit. 
Le coeur ne m'en dit pas. 
A vez -vous jamais vu rien de semblablet 
Rendre lapareille. 

Peu s'enfallut que ces bruits ne me perdissent. 
ye le reconnais bien la. Le voild bien. 
Agissons en hommes. 
II m'a servi depere. 
Donnez-moi un coup de main. 
Un homme encharrette offrit de m'epargner une 

partie du chemin, cela m'a bien aide'. J % ai 

faye a boire a V homme a la premiere auberge. 
Se coucher a la belle -e'toile. 
Etre a V article de la mart. 
Etre au lit malade de lafievre. 
II reste au lit toute lajournee. II dort la grasse 

matinee. 
Reconnaitre le pays ; s'orienter. 
Toutes ses affaires trainent partout dans sa 

chambre. 
Ces merchandises vous resteront long temps sur les 

mains. 
Avez-vous du, temps de reste t du temps dontvous 

ne sachiez que f aire ? 
Differons la chose jusqu'a demain. 
II ne tient pas a moi quHlne reussisse. 
C'est a vous a decider si, &*c. 



FuU.&c. 

Mettre dedans. 

Regarder entre les deux yeux. 

Vous e'tes tout au moins en retard d'une heure. 

En grande parure ; en grande toilette. 

En grand uniforme ; en grande tenue. 

En grand costume. 

En habit habille. 

En petite tenue. 

En habit de tous les jours. 

Faire de I'embarras, du tracas. 

II est tracassier. 



List No. 6. 

To have the gift of gab. 

To gain the day, to excel. 

To read by candle-light. 

To read by lamp-light. 

To read by gas-light. 

To read by the light of a fire. 

To get over a walL 

To get over a difficulty. 

To get over an illness. 

To go over a bridge. 

To pass through a town, &c, 

Give me credit for patience. 

Silence gives consent. 

To give battle. 

He gave us the slip. 

These gloves will give. 

To raise a hue and cry against a person. 

To raise a report. 

To raise suspicion. 

He could not raise a dollar. 

To rake up old quarrels. 

Drinking glass. 

Wine glass. 

Opera glass. 

Swinging glass. 

Looking glass. 

Mirror. 

Spy glass. Telescope. . 

Hour glass. 

Sash (window) of a coach. 



List No. 7. 

To be acceptable. 

That money is very acceptable to me. 

Does that accommodate you? 

It would be a great accommodation to me. 

To turn a thing to account. 

To turn that to account. 

To put in an advertisement. 

I cannot afford it. 

I am sure you spend more than you can afford. 

You do not allow for the difficulties which may 

have detained him on his journey. 
Give me any book you like. 
To be. dull of apprehension. 
To make an April-fool. 



Full, Ac. 

Avoir la langut bien pendue. 

Vemporter. 

Lire d la chattdelle. 

Lire a la lampe. 

Lire au gaz. 

Lire aujeu. 

Passer par dessus un mur. 

Surmonter une difficult^ 

Revenir, se re'tablir fi'une maladie. 

Traverser un pont. 

Passer par, &C. 

Convenez quej'ai en de la patience. 

Qui ne dit mot, consent. 

Livrer bataille. 

II nous a plantes Id. 

Ces gants preteront. 

Poursuivre une personne d cor et d cri. 

Faire courir un bruit. 

Faire naitre des soupfons. 

II ne trouverait pas un dollar d emprunter. 

Reveiller le chat qui dort. 

Verre. m. 

Petit verre. m. 

Lorgnette, f. 

Pysche. f. 

Mirbir. m. 

Glace, f. 

Longue-vue. f. 

Sab Her. m. 

Glace, f. 



To le acceptable, &c. 

Venir a propos. 

Cet argent me vientfort a propos. 

Cela vous arrange-t4l ? 

Cela irf arrangerait infiniment. 

Tirer parti d'une chose. 

Tirez parti de cela, mettez cela d profit. 

Faire inserer une annonce. 

Je n>en ai pas les moyens. 

Je suis certain que vous depassez vos moyens, que 

vous depensez au deld de vos moyens. 
Vous ne faites pas la part des difficultcs quipeu- 

vent V avoir rctarde pendant son voyage. 
Donnez-moi le premier livre venu. 
Avoir la conception dure. 
Donner un poisson d'Avril. 



List No. 7. 

That is no argument for such a step. 

To walk arm in arm. 
Dark as pitch. 
You may as well do it. 
Shall I bring the papers ? 
You may as well. 

Inasmuch as he has not written we may conclude 
that he will soon make his appearance. 

To be attentive to a lady. 

On an average. 

These boards average ten feet. 



Answer by return of post. 

He is a great beau. 

We had no beaux, no escorts. 

Will you be my beau, my escort ? 

He likes to lie abed late. 

It is my turn to play. 

There is no speaking to him. 

There is no going out to-day. 

It is all over with him. 

What is that to you ? 

To the best of my belief. 

May I trouble you to ring the parlor bell ? 

I have thought better of it. 

One bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. 

To be bandy-legged. 

To be knock-kneed. 



List No. 8; 

To stop short. 

To cut the matter short. 

We are short of money. 

The wind has shifted. 

It has shifted to the north. 

Are you sick at sea ? 

The rolling of the ship makes one sick. 

It makes me sick to see such things, it disgusts 

me, &c. 
1 sicken at that idea. 

Sickly. Of a person. 



To be acceptable, &c. continued. 

Ce n'est pas Id une raison pour une pareille de- 
marche. 

Marcher bras dessus, bras dessous. 

Noir comme dans unfour. 

Autant vaut-il que vous lefassiez. 

Apporterai-je lesjournaux ? 

ye ne saispourquoi non; il n'yauraitpas de ma/. 

Vu, conside're qu 1 il n'a pas e'crit nous pouvons en 
conclure qu'il ne tardera pas a se presenter t a 
arriver. 

Etre auxpetits soins aupres d'une dame. 

L'un dans l' autre, Vunportant V autre. 

La longueur moyenne de ces planches est de dix 
pieds, ces planches ont dix pieds de longueur 
Vune portant V autre. 

Repondez courrier par courrier. 

C'cst un elegant. II se met avec recherche. 

Nous n'avionspas de cavaliers. 

Voulez-vous etre mon cavalier 7 

II aime a dormir la grasse matinee. 

Cest a moi ajouer. 

Iln y y a pas moyen de luiparler. 

Iln'y a pas moyen de sortir aujourd'* hui. 

Cen est fait de lui. 

Qu'est-ce que cela vous fait ? 

Autant que je puis le croire. 

Voulez-vous bien tirer la sonnet te du salon f 

Je me suis ravise'. y'ai reflechi. 

Un tiens vaut deux tu V auras. 

Etre bancal. 

Etre cagneux. Avoir les genoux en dedans. 



Short, &c. 

S'arriter tout court. 

Pour trancher net. ,Pour enfinir. 

Nous sommes court d'argent. Les eaux sont 

basses. 
Le vent a change. 
II a passe au nord. 
Etes-vous malade en mer? Etes-vous sujet au 

mal de mer ? 
Le roulis du navire vous donne le mal de mer. 
Cela me fait mal au coeur de voir des choses 

pareilles. 
A cette idee je me sens defaillir. A cette ide'e le 

cceur me manque. V ide'e seule me fait mal. 
Maladif. 



List No. 8. coato**. 

Sickly. Of a thing. 

He is a good mathematician. 

He is a good player (music, &c). 

He is not much of a player. 

That is a good one ! 

Well now, really, that is a good one (rather too 

much). 
It is no such thing. 
I will do no such thing. 
He a good painter ! he is no such thing. 
Do you take ? 
I don't take. 
I take you at your word. 
He talked so loud that I was obliged to take him 

down. 
I should be glad to see him taken down. 

He used to take him off perfectly. 

He spoke ill of youf but I took him up sharply. 

To talk big. 

He set off as fast as his horse could carry him. 

Those workmen of yours are very rude. 

Mr. Thingumbob. 

Mrs. Thingumbob. » 

I know what to think of it 



List No. 9. 

The police officers were watching him. 

He is watched* 

Watch him, he intends mischief. 

Water-proof. 

I am hard pushed for money, could you not lend 

me $75? 
You are always hard pushed for a livelihood. 

How is it you cannot get on without borrowing 

from Tom, Dick, and Harry ? 
Which way are they gone ? 
Come this way. 
Go that way. 

We are going the same way* 
They live over the way. 
To have one's way. 
To get out of the way. 
He will return this day week. 
This day three weeks. 



Short, <&c. 

Insalubre. 

II est fort en mathimatiques. 

II est tres-fort (sur, &c). 

II v? est pas tres-fort. 

C'est un peufort I 

Par exemple, c'est trop fort. 



II n'en est pas ainsi. 

Je n'enferai rien. 

Lui etre bonpeintre! pas du tout, il ne Vest pas. 

Y etes-vous? 

Je n'y suis pas. 

Je vous prends au mot. 

II parlait si haut que je fus oblige' de lui faire 

baisser le ton. 
Je serais bien aise de voir qu'on le rappeldt d 

Vordre. 
II Vimitait a ravir. 
II parlait mal de vous, mais je V ai joliment rem- 

barre', releve. 
Se vanter. Faire le fanfaron, 
Ilpartit ventre a terre. II par tit d bride abattut. 
Vous avez Id des ouvriers quisont bien malhonnetes. 
Monsieur Chose. 
Madame Chose. 
Je sais d quoi m'en tenir. 



To watch, &c. 

Les officiers de police etaient aux aguets pour It 

saisir. 
On le surveille. 

Ayez V ceil sur lui, il a de mauvais desseins. 
Impermeable. 
Les eaux sont basses, ne pourriez-vous me prefer 

$75? 

Vous tirez toujours le diall: par la queue. Com- 
ment se fait-il que vous ne puissiez pas faire vos 
affaires sans emprunter d Pierre et d Paul? 

De quel cote sont-ils alle's ? 

Venez par ici. 

Allez par Id. 

Nousfesons meme route. 

lis demeurent de V autre cote de la rue. 

Faire d sa tete, a sa guise. 

Se ranger. 

II reviendra d'aujourd'hui en huit. 

D 'aujourd } hui en trois semaines. 



LlST NO. 9. Continued. 

They are not allowed to go out on week days. 

Leave well enough alone. 

That is a thumper. 

You should not wink at his doings. 



List No. 10, 

I think we have passed the house. . 

He made the passage in a steam packet. 

A tug. 

A screw propeller. 

Have you engaged your passage ? 

I am not concerned in it. 

You are concerned in it. 

He is particular in his dress. 

Do not forget to return his call, you know how 

particular he is. 
She is very touchy. 
We were over our shoes in mud. 
They are not over rich. 
He is not over modest. 
The letter was among many papers, I must have 

overlooked it. 

Run as fast as your legs can carry you, or else 

you will never overtake him. 
He orders me about as if I were his servant. 
I have ordered a coat of the new tailor. 
Have you ordered your carriage ? 
I ordered my carriage for five o'clock. 
Order my carriage up. 
His orders could not be misunderstood. 
I say, old fellow, come this way. 
Nonsense ! what nonsense ! 
To have occasion to observe. 
I have been waiting for the last hour. 
He is quite used up. f 
Just tell me how it happened. 



TO Watch, &C. Continued. 

On ne leur permet pas de sortir les jours ouvriers. 
Le mieux est Vennemi du bien. 
En voila une bonne. 

Vous ne devriez pas fertner les yeux sur ce quTi 
fait. 



Passage, &c. 

Je crois que nous avons de'passe la maison. 

II fit la traversc'e dans un paquebot a vapeur. 

Un remorqueur. 

Un vapeur a hilice\ 

Avez-vous retenu votre passage ? 

ye n'y suis pour rien. 

Vous y etes pour quelquechose. 

II est soigne dans sa mise; il se met avec beaucoup 

de soin. 
JV'oubliez pas de lui rendre sa visite; vous savez 

combien il tient a ces choses-ld. 
Elle est tres-susceptible. 

Nous avions de la boue pardessus nos souliers. 
lis ne son t pas des plus riches. 
II ne pic he pas par exces de modestie. 
La lettre se trouvait parmi un nombre de papier* t 

elle m'aura echappc. ye ne Vaurai pas aper$ue. 

ye n'y aurai pas fait attention. 
Courez a toutes jambes ; sans cela vous ne le rattra- 

perez jamais. 
II me fait aller comme sij'itais son domestique. 
y'ai commande un habit chez le nouveau tailleur. 
Avez-vous dit que Von mette les chevaux ? 
y'ai demande ma voiture pour cinq heures. 
Faites avancer ma voiture. 
II n'y avaitpas a se tromper sur ses ordres. 
Dites done, mon vieux, venez par ici. 
Bah ! allons done / 
Etre a mime d } observer. 
Voila, une heure que j' 'attends. 
II ne sait plus sur quel pied danser. 
Dites-moi unpeu comment la chose est arrivee. 



$«**& €mu V3Mtffeift<£. 



No. 1. 

Prendre. 
To get a start. 

To lay the blame on a person. 
To take a thing for truth. 
The river will freeze over. 
The fire broke out in the house. 
It was fortunate for me. 



APPLICATION. 

Q. If you do not get a start 
they will lay the blame on you. 



Did you not go into the coun- 
try before the fire broke out in 
your house ? 



R. You must not take for 
truth everything that is told you. 
I cannot get a start until the 
river freezes over. 

I did, and it was fortunate for 
me that I did. 



To conceive friendship for a 
person. 

To allow oneself to be allured 
by promises. 

To proceed properly. 

To go to work. 

To set about it. 

To proceed properly. 

To get through (achever.) 



Why do you conceive friend- 
ship for those persons? Let' 
me advise you not to allow 
yourself to be allured by their 
promises. 

How will you go to work 
to get through before twelve 
o'clock? 



I know that we should not 
take for truth everything that is 
said of them. We <xre told, how- 
ever, that they proceed properly 
in everything they do. 

If I knew how to proceed 
properly, I could get through 
before eleven. 



Take it all in all. 
In so bungling a way. 
(Si gaitchement. ) 

To go-the wrong way to work. 



No. 2. 

Aller. 
To be back again presently. 
To step into the next room. 
(Passer dans la chambre a cote.) 
To be slow and sure. 
To go the right way to work. 
To be at stake. 
His fortune is at stake. 
How he goes at it. 



Why do your workmen set 
about their "work in so bun- 
gling a way ? 

I got here in time this morn- 
ing ; I was lucky in getting a 
start, was I not? 



Wait for me a few minutes, I 
shall be back again presently. 
Meanwhile you may step into 
the next room and tell your 
brother to , go on slowly and 
surely; he will succeed. 

Look at those little fellows 
playing, do you see them yon- 
der? 



You are wrong to think they 
are bunglers. Take it all in 
all, the work they do is quite 
as good as your workmen's. 

You were ; before your arrival 
everybody was going the wrong 
way to work. 



X 



He told me that unless his part- 
ner went the right way to work 
he would have to give up the 
whole affair. He seems to think 
the reputation of his house is at 
stake. ■ 

I have been looking at them 
some time. How they go at 
it! 



To go to work. 
He likes to have his own way. 
He is far gone or low. 
It will go hard with him. 
It is getting late, I must be 
going. 



I told you to go to work an 
hour ago. Why did you pot ? 
You- do not attend to what I 
say ; you seem to have your 
own way too much. 



I did not set about working 
because I had to sit up with my 
brother last night- He is dan- 
gerously ill, and is so low that I 
shall have to attend him all day. 
The physician says it will go 
very hard with him. It is getting 
late now, I must be going. 



How goes it with you ? 
As the story goes. 
To go over to France. 



To let go one's hold. 
To hold on (tenirferme.) 
To go to law about. 

(Plaider au sujet de.) 
As the world goes. 
Any suit whatever. 

(N'importe quel proccs. ) 
The sun went down. 
The wind will go down. 
To go to law. 

(Plaider.) 



Good morning! How are 
you to-day ? 

As the story goes, they say it 
will go hard with him unless he 
goes over to France. 

If you let go your hold you 
will hurt yourself. Do you 
wish me to put something un- 
der your feet ? 



Does Gantheaume intend to 
go to law about the mortgage ? 

Do you think the wind will 
fall when the sun goes down ? 



6 



Very well, I thank yom. 

By the way, what have you 
heard about our friend Frois- 
sart? 

I can hold on a little longer 
if you will put that bench under 
my feet. Unless you do, I shall 
soon have to let go my hold. 



He does not. As the world 
goes, he knows he would lose 
any suit. 

I think not, it may though. 



To go off (goods). 
To go off (fire arms). 
Going ! going ! going ! gone 
To go over to England. 
Go about your business. 
Auction. (Encheresf.) 
Unawares. 

(Par me'garde.) 
To bother to death. 

(Ennuyer a la mort.) 
Within two months. 
[D'ici a deux mots.) 



To go over to the enemy. 
Tp take place. 

(Avoir lieu). 
Pass the bottle around. 
To burn the throat. 
The joke goes round. 



To put on a smile. 
Go to him. 

I would go through fire and 
water for him. 
He will have his own way. 
Go about your business. 
It will go hard with him. 



How did the goods go off at 
the auction to-day? were the 
sales lively ? 



Did not your gun go off sud- 
denly ? 

Go over to England ! No, 
sir, you shall not. Really, you 
bother me to death with your 
whims. Go about your busi- 
ness, and let me alone. 

What was the name of a 
superior officer who went over 
to the enemy at the Battle of 
Waterloo ? 

That brandy is very mild. 
It will not burn your throat as 
the other we drank yesterday. 
Pass the bottle around. 



They went off much better 
than I expected. 

I attended four auctions ; there 
were many more I could not 
attend. All along the street 
nothing was heard all day but 
Going ! going ! going ! gone ! 

It did. I pulled the trigger 
unawares. 

Whether you like my going 
over to England or not, I shall 
have to go, and that within two 
months. 



8 



His name was Bounnont. His 
defection took place on the eve 
of the battle. 

Here it is. Help yourself. 
By the way, do you know that 
your granddaughter is very an- 
gry at some joke that is going 
round ? 



9 



You need not put on a smile. 
I tell you the affair is a very 
serious one. Go to your broth- 
er and tell him that, although 
his friends are disposed to go 
through fire and water for him, 
I am afraid it will go very hard 
with him. 



I put on a smile because I 
was thinking of something else. 
I know my brother's difficulties 
are serious. He will have his 
own way. He sends about their 
business all those who wish to 
advise him. 



No. 3. 

To Set. 

To set in order. 

To set things right. 

To set words to music 

To set to the tune of. 

To set a hen. 

Tune, (air m.) 

Song, (romance/.) 

Just after, (de suite aprh). 

To lay, (pondre.) 



To set a going. 
To set the teeth on edge. 
To set an edge on a razor. 
To set a leg, a bone. 
To set sail. 

To set too great a value on. 
To set the cart before the 
horse. 

Set me right if I am wrong. 
Let me set you right. 
To set a picture in its light. 
Hobby, (dada m). 



I will set this affair at rest. 
The question is forever set at 
rest. 

To set the world at defiance. 

To set aside all considera- 
tions. 

To set up an establishment. 
To be at variance with. 

(etre mal avec.) 
To set down as a principle. 
To set down in writing. 
A sheet apart. 

C Une feuille a part. ) 

To set down passengers. 
The weather has set in for 
< rain. 

To land passengers. 
One of Caillard's stages. 
( Une des diligences Caillard. ) 
On the way. 

{En route.) 
To be in w aiting. 

(Stationner.) 



10 



When you go down stairs, 
please to tell Thomas to put 
my papers in order. 

Can you tell me the name of 
the composer who set the words 
of this song to music ? 



How long has that hen been 
setting ? 



He has already set things 
right in your room. 

I knew once, but have forgot- 
ten it. He is a pupil of the 
Conservatory. Last year he set 
the words you wrote to the 
tune of "La Vieille Virginie." 

I set her about ten days ago, 
just after she had done laying. 



11 



What has kept you so long ? 
I have been waiting for you 
this hour. 



Be careful how you act. Try 
and go the right way to work, 
and especially do not put the 
cart before the horse. 



Just as you went out Mr. Le- 
compte came in. Unfortunate- 
ly I alluded to his unfortunate 
hobby, and you know 'that when 
you set him a going on that sub- 
ject he never ends. 

I am very glad to be set right 
when I am wrong — allow me, 
however, to set you right in this 
matter ; I have proceeded pro- 
perly, and I think that all the 
pictures are now in their true 
light. 
IS 



Did not your lawyer write to 
you that he thought he could 
set the affair at rest ? 



Do you know whether Mr. 
Gaston has set up his estab- 
lishment yet ? 



In his letter he sets down as a 
principle, that unless you are 
prepared to set the world at de- 
fiance, he cannot set the question 
at rest forever. 

He says that you must set 
aside all considerations for the 
present. 

He has not. He seems to be 
at variance with some of his 
creditors. He wishes you to 
write to him immediately. Do 
so and set down your reasons in 
writing on a sheet apart. 



13 



v 



You say you went to Ne- 
mours last week in one of Cail- 
lard's stages. Where were you 
set down ? 

Where does the steamboat 
intend to land her passengers ? 



I did not wish to be set down 
on the way. Most of the pas- 
sengers were set down about 
eleven miles and a half from 
Nemours. 

If the weather sets in for rain 
she will not be able to land 
them at all, because there wifl 
be no hacks in waiting. 



No. 4. 

To Shoot. 

To shoot, to fire with ball. 
To shoot with shot. 
To shoot at a bird. 



To be out of shot. 
To practice shooting. 
He shot hhvi through the arm. 
He was shot for having struck 
an officer. 
.To bring down (abattre. ) 

To shoot by like lightning. 
Cannon shot. 
Cannister. 
Small-Shot. 
Buckshot. 
Musket-ball. 

There is the place where the 
shot struck. 

To have something left, (de 
reste). 

To accommodate. 

To stand aside. 

(Se ranger.) 

To point, (arreter or etre en 
arret. ) 

He is a dead shot. 

To practise. 

(S*exercer.) 

You don't say so ! 

To get over. 

( Passer par dessus. ) 

They must be thick about here. 

(II doit y en avoir en masse par 
iti.) 

No. 5. 

To be getting late. 

To be back again presently. 

To know all about a thing. 

It will go hard with him. 

To be in a bad way. 

(etre en mauvaise passe.) 

To keep one's wit about one. 

Scrape (escapade/. ) 



14 



How did you shoot this 
morning, with ball or with 
small shot ? 



If you fire upon everything 
you see, you will soon be out 
of shot. 

Was not the corporal shot in 
the arm ? 



Lacoste had loaded with ball, 
he fired upon a squirrel and 
missed him ; my gun was load- 
ed with shot — I brought him 
down. 

I have practised shooting so 
little lately that I intend to fire 
upon every bird I see. 

The dragoon shot him through 
the body. 



15 



Did you not see a man go by 
this way just now? 

Do you know where the shot 
struck ? 

Do you want small shot or 
buck shot ? 



I did : he was on a grey mare — 
he shot by like lightning. 

This is the place where it 
struck; it was a shot from a 64 
pounder. 

I want two musket-balls and 
three buck-shot; you may send 
me a pound of shot No. 8. 

16 



Have you any shot left ? If 
you have hand me a load or 
two. 



Well done ! I see you are a 
dead shot. 

Before shooting as well as 
you do, I shall have to practise 
a long while. 

I flushed another as I was 
getting over a wall. 



I have about three loads left. 
I will give you one. Will that 
accommodate you ? 

Stand aside, I see my dog 
pointing. 

I missed a partridge just now. 

It is true he shot by like light- 
ning. 

You don't say so ! they must 
be very thick about here. 



nC 



17 



I cannot listen to you now. 
It is getting late. I must be 
going. I shall be back again 
presently if I do not find Le- 
clerc in. 

The last time I saw Leclerc 
he told me he was very uneasy 
about your brother. He added 
that he thought your brother 
was in a bad way. He hoped, 
however, that he would keep 
his wits about him, and would 
act like a man. 



Well, I have nothing to do. 
I can wait for you half an hour. 



Leclerc knows all about my 
brother's scrape. Ask him 
whether he thinks it will go 
hard with him 






18 



Why do you keep such people 
about you ? 

He is very uneasy about his 
brother. 

I would send those people 
about their business if I were in 
your place. 

To set about work. 

He has his wits about him. 

Do not be uneasy, I will bring 
it about. 

Thoroughly. 

{a fond.) 



Why does your brother keep 
such people about him ; are you 
not very uneasy about him ? 



You engaged a new workman 
this morning, did you not ? 



Do you think your brother 
will succeed in his undertak- 
ing? 



I have been uneasy about him 
for some time : I really do not 
know why he keeps such men 
about him; were I in his place 
I would send them about their 
business. 

I did; he came well recom- 
mended. He set about his work 
as a man who understood it tho- 
roughly. 

Do not be uneasy, he always 
has his wits about him. He 
brings about everything he un- 
dertakes. 



19 



Why all this ado about noth- 
ing ? I made no more ado, but 
• went on with my work. 

However annoying those 
things may be, do not notice 
them. 

To be annoyed. 

You look annoyed. 

To have just. 

To come along (passer). 



It seems to me that the cap- 
tain makes much ado about 
nothing; if I were in your place 
I would not notice what he says. 
Sometimes he does not seem to 
have his wits about him. 

What is the matter with you, 
you look annoyed. 



However annoying the things 
he says, I generally do not no- 
tice them. This morning he 
scolded a long time, however I 
made no more ado, and went on 
with my work. 

I am very much annoyed: I 
have just missed the train, and 
shall have to wait two hours un- 
til the next comes along. 



20 



Does this noise annoy you? 

The least thing annoys him. 

You look annoyed. 

She was at anchor along side 
of us. 

Boats are not allowed to come 
along side. 

He had better study. 

(II fera bien d'e'tudier.) 

Come along with me. 

If you feel like it. 

I do not feel like it. 

All his things lie about his 
room. 

I have no time to spare. 
(Je rial pas ae temps a perdre. ) 



Tell your brother that if the 
noise of my workmen annoys 
him, he had better study :n the 
third story. 



Come along with me, and, if 
you feel like it, we will take a 
glass of wine together. 



If I were in your place I would 
not mind what he says; the least 
thing annoys him. This morn- 
ing he looked very much an- 
noved because, after going to 
the ship, anchored alongside the 
steamer, he was told boats were 
not allowed to come along side. 

I do not feel like it at all. I 
have no time to spare. All my 
things are lying about in my 
room. I shall have to go and 
set them in order. 



21 



Boats are allowed to come 
along side. 

Did you ever see anything like 
it? 
To give like for like. 
That is just like him. 
Let us act like men. 
The mate. 

(Le second.) 
To hail. 

(He'ler.) 
To act in accordance with. 

(Agir tPapres. ) 
To annoy. 

C Contrarier.) 
Everybody about him. 
(Tons ceux qui Ventourent.) 



That is just like him ; 
He was like a father to me. 
To go through fire and water 
for. 

(Se jeter an feu pour. ) 
By this morning's mail. 
(Parle courrier de ce matin.) 
To take a fancy to. 

(S" 1 attacker a.) 
To be under obligations to. 
(Avoir des obligations a.) 



Give me a lift. 

A man offered to give me a 
lift in his wagon. 
It was a good lift. 
I treated the man at the first 
inn. 

A man in a barouche. 

(Un hom?7ie eft barouche.) 
To lift a trunk. 

(Enlever une malle.) 
• To get through (finir). 
Queer. 

(Cestdrole.) 
Come along. 

(Venez done.) 
Standing still. 
(Debout a ne rienfaire.) 



Did you go to the ship this 
morning? If you did, tell me 
whether you were able to see 
your brother ? 



Was the captain on board ? 



I did, and I was much sur- 
prised to find that the boats were 
not allowed to come along side. 
I cannot tell you why. I never 
saw anything like it. I wish I 
could give them like for like. 

He was not I hailed the mate. 
He told me he was acting in 
accordance with Captain Var- 
iant's orders. 



Well, that is just like him. 
Half the time he acts like a man 
who wishes to annoy everybody 
about him. 



22 

I understand you received all 
the money you wanted by this 
morning's mail ; is that so ? 



You are right. He sent you 
the money because he knew 
you would make a good use of 
it. That is just like him ; he is 
the most generous of men. As 
for myself I am under great 
obligations to him. He has 
always been a father to me. 



It is. It was sent me by your 
old friend Forbin. When he 
takes a fancy to a person he 
would go through fire and water 
for him. 



23 



There you are, standing still, 
come along; don't you see I 
cannot lift this trunk ? Give 
me a lift. 



How did you get here so 
soon ; did any one give you a 



lift? 



What do you want to do with 
it ? If you want to put it in the 
wagon, I cannot give you a lift 
until I have got through with this 
letter. 

A man in a barouche gave me 
a lift. It was a capital lift. I 
offered to treat him, but he said 
he did not feel like it. Queer, 
was it not? 



24 



The moon is going down. 
To lie in the open air. 
To be much jaded. 

(Pfeji pouvoir plus.) 
Pocket-compass. 

(Boussole de poche.) 
To try to find out how the 
land lies. 

(Essayer de s'otienter.) 
To succeed in. 

(Reus sir.) 
To have time left. 

(Avoir du temps de reste. ) 
These goods will lie long on 
your hands. 

No. 6. 

Who wanted us to join him in 
the oil speculation. 

(Qui voulait que nous nous 
associassions avec lui dans la 
speculation d'huile.) 

You are full an hour behind 
your time. 

To look a person full in the 
face. 

To have the gift of the gab. 

I let him talk on. 

(ye Vai laisse alter.) 

Silence gives consent. 

At once. 

(Sans f aire ni une ni deux.) 

To lock. 

(Fertner a clef.) 

To go around. 

(Fa ire le tour.) 

To get over. 

(Passer par dessus.) 



How far is it from here to 
Fort Independence? Do you 
think we can get there to-night 
before the moon goes down ? 



If you have any time left 
write to your partner in Nash- 
ville, and ask him whether he 
thinks the last invoice of goods 
will lie long on his hands. 



It is more than forty miles. 
Our mules are much jaded, and 
I have lost my pocket-compass. 
I am afraid we shall have to lie 
in the open air to-night. I have 
been trying to find out how the 
land lies for over an hour. I 
cannot succeed. 

I need not write to him, I 
know they will not. 



25 



This morning I met the man 
who wanted us to join him in 
the oil speculation. The fellow 
has the gift of the gab, and did 
all he could to persuade me. 
As I knew he wanted to de- 
ceive us, I let him talk on. He 
seemed to think that silence 
gave consent. 



Why do you come so late ? 
You are full two hours behind 
your time. 



He came to me also full an 
hour after his appointment. I 
would not listen to all his fine 
reasons. ' I looked at him full in 
the face, and said to him at once : 
" Sir, you wish to take us in." 
He looked as if he did not know 
what to make of it. 



The garden-gate was locked, 
and I could not get over the 
wall. I had to go around and 
cross the bridge. 



36 



f Of ladies. 
Military men. 
Full Iressied. ■( Professions. 
Gentlemen. 
, Civilians. 
Military undress. 
With the exception of. 
(a V exception de). 
Violin player. 

( Violon, m.) 
To excel. To gain the day. 



Were all the ladies in full 
dress at your uncle's soiree last 
night ? 



Who is the best violin-player 
you ever heard ? 



They were* all in full dress. 
The officers were in full dress 
also, with the exception of one 
or two who were in undress. 
All the gentlemen were in full 
dress. 



Sivori is the best I ever heard. 
He excels all the others in my 
opinion. 



To make a fuss about (ausujet 
de). 

' Candle-light. 
Lamp-light. 
To read by <J Gas-light. 

By the light of the 
fire. 
Without a shade. 

(Sans abat-jour.) 

<jo be out of oil. 

(N* avoir plus d'/iuile.) 
To study by candle-light. 
One day or other. 

( Unjour ou Vatitre. ) 
t A bridge. 
To get over < A difficulty. 
( An illness. 



26 



To pass through a town. 

In full uniform. 

Military undress. 

On their way to. 

(En route pour.) 

He gave us the slip. 

To raise a hue and cry against 
a person. 

The gloves are rather tight ; 
(Les gants sont un peujustes.) 

The gloves will give. 

To carry the day. 

Kid gloves. 

(Gants depeau.) 

Drinking-glass. 

Wine-glass. 

Opera-glass. 

Swinging-glass. 

Looking-glass. 

Mirror. 

Spy-glass. 

Hour-glass. 

Sash of a coach. 

Auction (cncan m. ) 

Received payment. 

(Poaracquit. ) 
To raise a report. 
He could not raise a dollar. 
To raise suspicions. , 
To rake up old quarrels. 



You make a great fuss about 
the gas, what is the matter with 
it? 



The gas is good enough, but 
I cannot read by gas-light with- 
out a shade. I can't find mine, 
lend me yours if you do not wish 
to use it. 



27 

We are out of oil, what shall 
we do this evening to prepare 
our lessons for to-morrow ? 



Can you not get over that dif- 
ficulty ? 

When did you hear from your 



We rshall have to study by 
candle-light. I borrowed a few 
candles a week ago, knowing 
that we should be out of oil one 
day or other. 

I cannot; I have nobody to 
explain it to me. 

I heard from him last week. 
He has got over his illness. 

28 



Did the I2th Regiment pass 
through New-York on their 
way to Washington ? 

Why did not the other clerks 
come with you ? 



Where did you buy those kid 
gloves ? 



They passed New- York, Phil- 
adelphia and Baltimore. They 
passed through all those cities 
in full dress. 

When they found out we had 
very little money left, they gave 
us the slip. When we get back 
we shall raise a hue and cry 
against them. 

I bought them at Delille's. 
They are rather light, but they 
will give after wearing them a 
a little. Delille carries the day 
for gloves. 

29 



Make out a list of the articles 
you bought at the last auction. I 
should like to pay for them as 
soon as possible. 



Who raised the report that 
we could not raise a dollar on 
our property in Boston ? 



Here is the list : 






^ doz. drinking-glasses 




$2.50 


2 doz. wine-glasses -« 


- 


5.00 


3 opera-glasses - - 


- 


15.00 


I swinging-glass - - 


- 


40.00 


I small looking-glass 


- 


•50 


2 mirrors - .- - 


- 


75.00 


I spy-glass - - - 


- 


10.00 


I hour-glass - - - 




1. 00 




$ 





Received payment. 
I do not like to raise suspi- 
cions, nevertheless I think I 
know who did. Sometime ago 
I had the same difficulty with the 
person I allude to : butfenough, 
I do not like to rake up old quar- 
rels. 



You came to me full an hour 
behind your time. 

To get over a difficulty. 
Give me credit for patience. 
To give as an excuse. 

( Donner poar excuse.) 
To attend a soiree. 
In full dress. 

No. 7. 

Does that accommodate you ? 

That money is very acceptable 
to me. 

To turn a thing to account. 

I cannot afford it. 

To put in an advertisement. 

You spend more money than 
you can afford. 



To be dull of apprehension. 

You do not allow for the diffi- 
culties I have to overcome. 

To make an April fool of a per- 
son. 

{Donner tin poisson d'avril a 
quelqu'ttn). 



To be as dark as pitch. 

Give me any book you like. 

Inasmuch as he has not writ- 
ten we may conclude that he will 
soon make his appearance. 

You may as well do it. 

Shall I bring you the papers ? 

A. You may as well. 



To walk arm in arm. 

To be as dark as pitch. 

That is no argument for such 
a step. 

To mistake a person's voice for 
that of another. 

To be attentive to a lady. 

To visit. 

(Fa ire des visites d). 



30 

West Point, January 22d, 1871. 
Dear Friend : 
I omitted yesterday to tell you, when I met you, that your son 
came to me the day before yesterday full an hour behind his time. 
He gave as an excuse that not being able to get over the difficul- 
ties of his lesson, he had to study it longer than "usually. I gave 
him, credit for patience and am disposed to excuse him. 

Let me know whether I am to attend your soiree in full dress, 
and believe me, Yours, truly, 

Eugene Leroy. 



If I were to lend you $50 be- 
tween this and Saturday next, 
would it accommodate you ? 



Can you afford to put adver- 
tisements in every paper ? 



31 



The money would be more ac- 
ceptable if you could lend it me 
on Thursday. Unless you do I 
shall not be able to turn the 
speculation to account. 

I cannot afford it. I spend 
more money now than I can af- 
ford. 



32 



You say that young man is 
dull of apprehension, but it 
seems to me that you do not al- 
low for the difficulties he has to 



Besides being dull of appre- 
hension he does not study as he 
should. Yesterday, instead of 
applying himself to his lessons, 
he amused himself all day by 
making April fools of everybody 
around him. 



33 



It is as dark as pitch in your 
room; light the gas and give 
me any book you like. Inas- 
much as I cannot go out until 
the rain is over, I may as well 
read until then. 



I have sent all my books to 
the binder's. Shall I bring you 
the newspapers ? You may find 
something interesting in them. 
You may as well. There is one 
article in yesterday's paper that 
I should like to read. 



34 



You say that you saw Mary 
walking arm in arm with her 
beau. How could you distin- 
guish them ? About the hour 
you mention it was as dark as 
pitch. 

How long is it since your 
brother has been attentive to 
Miss Leblanc ? 



That is no argument why I 
should not recognize them. On 
the contrary, I could not mistake 
their voices. As they could not 
see me they passed quite near 
me. 

He visits the family once or 
twice a week, but that is no ar- 
gument why they should say 
that he is attentive to the young 
lady. 



10 



35 



The boards avarage ten feet. 
To the best of my belief. 
To turn a thing to account. 
By return of post. 
He is a great beau. 
We had no beaux. 
Will you be my beau ? 
There is no going out to-day. 
A storm is brewing. 

(II s^amasse un orage). 



Are those boards longer than 
these ? If they average more, 
Mr. Lemoine wishes you to an- 
swer by return of post. 



Who is to be your beau at the 
General's party this evening? 



The fir boards average more 
than the pine. The latter aver- 
age ten feet. As I shall have to 
go out presently, you will oblige 
me by writing to Mr. Lemoine 
yourself. Tell him also, that to 
the best of my belief he will be 
able to turn to a better account 
the pine boards than the fir. 

Mr. Recherche was to be my 
beau, but I am afraid there is no 
going out. A great storm is 
brewing. 



He is quite a beau now. 
To be bandy-legged. 
It is a pity he is. 
(Cest dommage qu'el soit.) 
It is my turn to play. 
To be knock-kneed. 
There is no going out. 
I have thought better of it. 
As to his money matters. 
( Quant a ses affaires d 1 argent. ) 
To the best of my belief. 
To lie a-bed late. 
It is all over with him. 
A bird in the hand is better 
than two in the bush. 

No. 8. 

To Stop Short. 

Mr. Thingum. 

Mrs. Thingummy. 

To be short of money. 

To cut the matter short. 

I will do no such thing. 

To talk loud. 

I was obliged to take her 
down. 

To be very rude. 

To take up sharply. 
( Rembarrer de la bonne mainere.) 

To ring the parlor-bell. 
(Sonner pour le Salon.) 



Have you met young Sauvin 
since your return ? 



It is your turn to go and see 
that tall knock-kneed young fel- 
low, if there be any going out 
to-day. Tell him I have thought 
better of the offer made him. 
My opinion is, that a bird in 
the hand is better than two in 
the bush. 



36 



I had not been long back be- 
fore I met him. He is quite a 
beau now. It is a pity he is a 
little bandy-legged. 

It is almost impossible to see 
him in the morning. He likes 
to lie a-bed late, and to the best 
of my belief he avoids his ac- 
quaintances the rest of the day. 
As to his money matters it is all 
over with him. 



37 



You were going to say some- 
thing. Why did you stop 
short ? 



I was going to say that Mrs. 
Thingummy called upon me this 
morning, saying that she was 
short of money. She wanted to 
borrow one hundred and fifty 
dollars. To cut the matter 
short, I told her that I was short 
of money myself, and that I 
should do no such thing. She 
talked so loud that I was obliged 
to take her down. Among other 
things, she said that those ser- 
vants of yours had been very 
rude when she rang the parlor- 
bell yesterday. She said that 
she had taken them up sharply. 



11 



38 



The wind has shifted. 
The wind is shifting to the 
north. 

The rolling of the ship makes 
me sick. 

To be subject to sea-sickness. 
To wish to be in. 

( Vouloir etre arrive.) 
A healthy person. 
An unhealthy country. 
To get over. 

(Revenir de.) 
Plantation. 

(Habitation.) 



Has the wind shifted ? I wish 
we were in. The rolling of 
the ship makes me sick. 



Are not some parts of the 
Island of Cuba very unhealthy ? 



It is shifting to the north. We 
shall soon be in. I am sorry 
you are so subject to sea-sick- 
ness. Formerly I was very sub- 
ject to it myself, but I have got 
over it. They say that sickly 
persons do not suffer as much 
from sea-sickness as healthy per- 
sons. 

Some parts are ; especially in 
the neighborhood of marshes. I 
was always very sickly on your 
brother's plantation. 



39 



Mrs. What-do-you-call-her. 
Confound it ! 
You don't say so ! 
Really that is too much. 
He is over fifty. 
To be sickly. 

It makes me sick to hear such 
things. 

Next door. 

(a. cote de.) 
Pay, (so/de,/.) 
To mean. 

(Vouloir dire). 



What do you think I heard 
yesterday evening ? Mrs. What- 
do-you-call-her Confound it ! 

I cannot recollect names. You 
know who I mean though : the 
widow who lives next door to 
your uncle's. Well, she is to 
marry that old bandy-legged 
fellow, Captain Belleville. 



You don't say so. Really, that 
is rather too much. Why, he is 
over fifty, and has nothing but 
his pay. Besides, he is very 
sickly. It makes me sick to see 
such things. 



4=0 



He is a capital mathematician. 

To be a fine performer on an 
instrument. 

To accompany on the violin, 
on the flute, &c. 

Not to be much of a player. 

He, a good player ? 

He is no such thing. 

I know what to think of it. 



How long has your cousin 
studied mathematics ? 



Is not that young lady'a very 
fine performer on the piano ? 



He has been studying mathe- 
matics more than four years. 
He has the reputation of being 
a capital mathematician. 

She is. Her cousin accom- 
panies her on the violin, but he 
is not much of a player. Her 
brother Thomas, who is a very 
fine flute player, accompanies 
her now and then when he has 
time. 

Who told you he was a good 
pjayer? He a good player! — 
he is no such thing. I have 
heard him often, and I know 
what to think of it. 



12 



41 



Do you take ? 
I don't take. 
A pun. 

.( L ~n calembour. ) 
To take a person off. 
To be good at taking a person 



off 



To take a person down. 

To take a person up sharply. 

Half the time. 

(La moitiedu temps.) 
Horrid (atroce). 
Punster. 

( Calembouriste. ) 



Old Potier has queer ideas : 
he says he likes black stockings 
because they are always white ; 
do you take ? 



I do not. Half the time I do 
not understand his puns. He is 
very good at taking off every- 
body. He is a horrid punster. 
Whenever he makes a pun he 
ought to be taken down. He 
has one good quality though. 
Whenever anybody speaks ill of 
his friends he takes him up 
sharply. 



No. 9. 



The police officers were watch- 
ing him. 

He is watched. 

Watch him, he intends mis- 
chief. 

Water-proof. 

We are going the same way. 

They live over the way. 

•Next door, 

(a cote.) 

You need not go very far. 

'( Vous rfavcz pas beattcoup de 
chemin a f aire.) 

To prowl (voder.) 



42 



Tell Richard he must watch 
those men continually prowling 
about his store. We know they 
intend mischief. 



Are you going up or down the 
street? I am going up, and if 
we are going the same way, you 
would oblige me much by show- 
ing me the way to Bouland's 
store. 



He knows it as well as you do. 
They are watched continually. 
Yesterday several police officers 
were watching them for the pur- 
pose of arresting them, and 
recovering the case of water- 
proof hats it is supposed some of 
them stole more than two months 
ago. 

You need not go very far. His 
family live over the way and his 
store is next door. 



43 



To have just. 

He is to be here. 

This day three weeks. 

I am hard pushed for money. 

Which way are they gone ? 

This day week. 

Come this way. 

Go that way. 

We are going the same way. 

To collect (encaisser). 

Firm (maisonf.) 

Last (la dernier e fois.) 



How are you to-day? Do 
you know what I have just 
heard ? One of Larue's agents 
is to be here this day week to 
collect the debts of the New 
Orleans' firm. 

Which way did your nephew 
go ? Was he not coming this 
way when you saw him ? 



Let him come. I shall not be 
able to pay him this day three 
weeks. I am very hard pushed 
for money. I do not suppose 
that I could raise $200 this week. 

He was going that way when 
I saw him last. He was going 
the same way as your brother. 



13 



44 



I understand. 

(Me dit-on. ) 

To be hard pushed for a living. 

To keep on. 

(Continue)- a.) 

How is it you cannot get on 
without borrowing from Tom, 
Dick and Harry ? 

That is no way to do business. 
(ce n' est pas comme cela qifon 
fait des affaires). # 

That will injure your business 
very much. 

( Cela f era grand tort a vos af- 
faires). 

To wink at their doings. 

(Fermer les yeux snr ce an' 
Us font.) 

That is a thumper. 

No. 10. 

To return a call. 

(Rendre une visite.) 

Do not forget to return his call. 

You know how particular he 
is in such matters. 

To get dark. 

She is very touchy. 

To get the start of. 

Run as fast as your legs can 
carry you, or else you will never 
overtake him. 

To pass a house. 

(Depasser tine maison.) 



To be sea-sick. ' 

(Avoir le vial de mer.) 

Sailing vessel. 

(Navire a voiles. ) 

He made the passage in a 
steam-packet. 

I am not concerned in it. 

You are concerned in it. 

The letter was among many 
papers; you must have over- 
looked it. 

All his things lie about his 
room. 

Have you engaged your pas- 
sage ? 



Your brother Richard, I un- 
derstand, is still hard pushed 
for a livelihood. I always told 
him what would happen, if he 
kept on borrowing from Tom, 
Dick and Harry. That is _no 
way to do business. » 



Why do you wink at their do- 
ings ? They say you even give 
them brandy. 



I always told him he was 
wrong in doing so. His allow- 
ing his workmen to go out so 
often on week-days has injured 
his business very much. 



That is a thumper. Who can 
have told you that ? Wink at 
their doings ! I never have and 
never will. 



45 



Did you not say a little while 
ago that you had returned Mr. 
Guillet's call ? If you have not, 
you ought to do so, for he is 
very particular in such matters. 



Have the men gone who were 
with you just now ? 



After having engaged my pas- 
sage on the Magenta, I left the 
packet-office to call upon him. 
It was getting dark .and I passed 
his house. I know how par- 
ticular he is in such matters. 
I know he is very touchy also. 
I shall not fail to call on him to- 
morrow before 12 o'clock. 

They have. They have got 
the start of you; unless you run 
as fast as your legs will carry 
you, you will never catch up 
with them. 

46 



How did you make the pas- 
sage — in a steamer or in a sail- 
ing vessel? 

You ask me whether I am 
concerned in that law suit. I 
am not, are you ? 

I cannot find the letter I 
wrote this morning. Have you 
seen it? 



We made the passage in one 
of the new French steam-pack- 
ets. I was the only person sea- 
sick. 

I am not, my brother was; 
but I believe he is not concerned 
in it now. 

I saw it among many papers. 
You must have overlooked it. 
Why do you let your papers lie 
about your room. 



14 



They are not over-rich. 
He is not over-modest. 
To dress well. 

(Se mcltre lien.) 
He is particular in his dress. 
I understand. 

(On me dit.) 
Be particular in what you eat. 
Tea does not agree with me. 
(Le the' me fait mal.) 



To get a ducking. 

(Sire trempe.) 
To be wet to the skin. 

(Sire trempe ' jusqu 'aux os. ) 
We were over our shoes in 
mud. 

There you are pouting again. 
( Vous voila encored, bonder.) 
You are too touchy. 
To order about. 
He orders me about as if I 
were his servant. 



Have you ordered your car- 
riage ? 

I ordered my carriage for five 
o'clock. 

Shall I order your carriage up ? 

I say, old fellow, come this 
way. 

I have ordered a coat of the 
new tailor. 

To be touchy. 

Nonsense ! what nonsense ! 

She is particular in what she 
says. 

To fall out with. 

(Se brouiller avec. ) 
Just tell me how the thing 
happened. 

To fall out about. 

(Se brouiller au sujet de.) 
He is quite used up. 
To become touchy. 



47 



That young man is not over : 
rich, and still he dresses very 
well. How does he manage ? 
{Faire.) 



Why are you not more par- 
ticular in what you eat ? Neither 
tea nor coffee agree with you. 
You should take neither. 



I really could not tell you. 
He certainly is very particular 
in his dress. I understand he 
owes his tailor a good deal of 
money. I know he is not over- 
modest. 

You are wrong to say I am 
not particular in what I eat and 
drink. I have not tasted coffee 
for six months. I take a cup of 
tea now and then, but not very 
often. 



48 



You got a ducking yesterday, 
did you not ? 



What is the matter with you ? 
There you are, pouting again. 
You are too touchy. 



We are wet to the skin. 
When we got home we had mud 
over our shoes. 



I am not touchy, but I do not 
like to be ordered about like a 
servant. You would be quite as 
touchy as I am, were you ordered 
about in the same way. 



49 



Go and order my carriage, I 
want to go to your tailor's to 
order a coat, a vest, and two 
pairs of pants. I ordered my 
carriage for five o'clock, it is 
now near six. 

I think I have occasion to 
observe that people are very 
touchy in this house. What 
do you think of it ? Am I right 
or wrong ? 



1. Your carriage is at the cor- 
ner ; shall I order it up ? 

2. Do,T am in a hurry. 

3. I say, coachman, come this 
way ! 

4. Here I am, sir, I have been 
waiting for the last half hour. 

Nonsense! what nonsense! 
They are very particular in what 
they say, however, and that is a 
quality you know. 






50 



I have heard that Bernard 
fell out with his partner La- 
crosse yesterday afternoon. As 
you were present just tell me 
how the thing happened. 



They owe a great deal. To 
tell you the truth, they are about 
used up. Bernard is always out 
of humor, and of late has become 
very touchy. They fell out about 
one of the clerks, a nephew of 
Lacrosse; Bernard pretending 
that his orders could not be mis- 



15 



To be out of humor. 
(etre de manvaise humeur. ) 

His orders could not be mis- 
understood. 

Had misunderstood him pur- 
posely. 

( Avait fait semblant de ne pas 
le comprendre expres.) 

The river will freeze over. , 

Within a month. 

To set in for cold. 

Hard frost. 

(Getie forte.) 

To be concerned in a question. 
• To be particular what one says 
sbout a person, about him, about 
them, &c. 

It was lucky for me, for thee, 
for him, for her, &c. 



O O Continued 

understood, and that the clerk 
had misunderstood him pur- 
posely. 



51 



Do you not think the river 
will freeze over within a month ? 



Have you had occasion to ob- 
serve that those young men 
were concerned in the affair in 
question ? 



It may. The weather is set- 
ting in for cold. We had a hard 
frost last night. 



I am certain they were not 
concerned in it. You must be 
particular in what you say about 
them. It was lucky for them 
that they did not meddle with it 



\i°J- 



PROMISCUOUS, ' 



52 

m * •• • „ Nantes, June 12th, 1870. 

My Dear James : 

You will never succeed in the affair you have undertaken, because you do not go the right way 

to work. Instead of laying the blame on me, you ought to send about their business those that have 

advised you to borrow from Tom, Dick and Harry. I always told you that you could get along with 

5,000 francs if you would proceed properly. This day three weeks I will meet you at Nantes, when 

we can talk over the whole matter. In the meantime, recollect the provqrb, " Leave well alone." 

Drop me a line to say that you will be ready to receive me. 

Yours, truly, 

GUILLAUME LEROUX. 



Newport, April 7.0th, 1S70. 



Pierre de Nerac, 

a Paris. 

53 

Dear Friend : 

It was lucky for me that I got here in time to write to you by this evening's mail. I have had 
time to see your lawyer about the insurance business. He wishes to know whether you went intq' 
the country before the fire broke out in your house. He advises me to tell you that unless you pro 
ceed properly, it will go hard with you. I enclose a letter he handed me to send you. You will ob- 
serve that he has set down in writing many reasons that you cannot be aware of. He says you must 
act as he directs, unless* you are prepared to set the world at defiance. 

Yours, truly, 

W. Laplace. 
Mr. C. Bertrand, 

New York. 

54 

Newark, April nth, 1870. 
Dear Sir: 

I write to say that after waiting for your brother's agent full two hours this morning, I received 
a note from him, in which he states that the unexpected arrival of his brother-in-law prevented him 
from keeping his appointment. I immediately went to his office and had a conversation with him. 
He talked so loud that I was obliged to take him down. He finally said that he was very hard pushed 
for money, but that if you would take his note at thirty days, he would forward it to you immediately. 
Let we know whether this will suit you. 

Your very obedient servant, 

Theodore Thoreau. 
Mr. Athanase Guillet. 

New York. 

55 

Bordeaux, March 30th, 1870. 
My Dear Friend: 

I got here this morning quite exhausted after my long journey. Nevertheless I called imme- 
diately upon your father-in -lav/ to l,et him know that the police officers were watching him. He told 
me that he knew already that he was watched, and that his enemies intended mischief. He will give 
them the slip by leaving this city to-morrow morning early. So be ready to receive him in Paris 
about the 4th of April. He has set his heart upon leaving France forever. 

Let me know as soon as possible whether you have been able to engage a passage for him for 
America on the steamer up {en partance pour) for the 15th of April. 

Yours, very truly, 

Theophile Girardin. 
Jean Cartier, Esq., 

Paris. 



/y * / mjny*t 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 117 524 



■ 



SB 






IB 






v,OJ 









HkQ 






^^H 

■^ 










fexsa 






■*t**zz<;rj , 2p' 






^sartr^ac-^ 



M 



■me 



mr 



^h 



■■fl 



■■■■■■■■■ 






r 







